WO2020192655A1 - 信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质 - Google Patents

信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020192655A1
WO2020192655A1 PCT/CN2020/080905 CN2020080905W WO2020192655A1 WO 2020192655 A1 WO2020192655 A1 WO 2020192655A1 CN 2020080905 W CN2020080905 W CN 2020080905W WO 2020192655 A1 WO2020192655 A1 WO 2020192655A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
control channel
downlink control
group
harq
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/080905
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张淑娟
鲁照华
王喜瑜
蒋创新
肖华华
何震
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority to AU2020246742A priority Critical patent/AU2020246742A1/en
Priority to KR1020217034924A priority patent/KR20220002329A/ko
Priority to EP20777603.0A priority patent/EP3952172A4/en
Publication of WO2020192655A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020192655A1/zh
Priority to US17/487,585 priority patent/US20220123872A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1861—Physical mapping arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1864—ARQ related signaling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1896—ARQ related signaling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0057—Physical resource allocation for CQI
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to communication technologies, such as an information transmission method and device, an information determination method and device, a signaling information transmission method and device, a parameter acquisition method and device, and a storage medium.
  • TRP Transmission Reception Point
  • UE User Equipment
  • HARQ-ACK Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledge
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission method and device, which can realize HARQ-ACK feedback when the same UE is independently scheduled among multiple TRPs.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission method, including:
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain bandwidth set, first information, and high-level signaling information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission device, including:
  • the first determining module is used to determine the second information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook of the hybrid automatic repeat request to be transmitted currently;
  • the second determining module is configured to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted according to the determined second information
  • the codebook transmission module is used to transmit the determined HARQ-ACK codebook
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain bandwidth set, first information, and high-level signaling information.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission device, including a processor and a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the foregoing information transmission is realized method.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the foregoing information transmission method is implemented.
  • the embodiment of the present invention includes: determining the current hybrid automatic repeat request to be transmitted—second information corresponding to the confirmation character HARQ-ACK codebook; determining the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted according to the determined second information; transmitting the determined HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein, the second information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain bandwidth set, first information, and high-level signaling information.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback is realized based on the second information.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a method and device for determining information, which can reduce signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining information, including:
  • Determine group information determine third information according to the group information; or determine the group information according to the third information;
  • the group information includes at least one of the following: downlink control channel resource group information, antenna group information, and measurement reference signal resource group information;
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Quasi co-located reference signal information of the channel and/or signal wherein the time interval between the control channel for scheduling the channel and/or signal and the channel and/or signal is less than a predetermined threshold
  • the uplink channel where the uplink control information is located is located
  • a channel and/or signal to which downlink control information is applicable
  • Detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format includes one or more of DCI2_0, DCI2_1, DCI2_2, and DCI2_3;
  • the B and H are positive integers greater than 1.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides an information determining device, including:
  • the third determining module is configured to determine group information, and determine third information according to the group information; or determine the group information according to the third information;
  • the group information includes at least one of the following: downlink control channel resource group information, antenna group information, and measurement reference signal resource group information;
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Quasi co-located reference signal information of the channel and/or signal wherein the time interval between the control channel for scheduling the channel and/or signal and the channel and/or signal is less than a predetermined threshold
  • the uplink channel where the uplink control information is located is located
  • a channel and/or signal to which downlink control information is applicable
  • Detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format includes one or more of DCI2_0, DCI2_1, DCI2_2, and DCI2_3;
  • the B and H are positive integers greater than 1.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides an information determination device, including a processor and a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed by the processor, the foregoing information determination is achieved method.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the foregoing information determination method is implemented.
  • the embodiment of the present invention includes: determining group information, and determining third information according to the group information; or determining the group information according to the third information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention can determine the third information based on the group information, or determine the group information based on the third information, thereby reducing signaling overhead, and effectively supporting different communication nodes to adopt different parameters, channels between different communication nodes and/or Signal phase separation.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting signaling information, which can reduce signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting signaling information, including:
  • the first signaling information is transmitted, where the first signaling information includes the following information: a spatial relationship information corresponding to the uplink control channel resource group, and a spatial relationship information list.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a signaling information transmission device, including:
  • the fourth determining module is configured to transmit first signaling information, where the first signaling information includes the following information: a spatial relationship information corresponding to an uplink control channel resource group, and a spatial relationship information list.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a signaling information transmission device, which includes a processor and a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions are executed by the processor, the The above-mentioned transmission method of signaling information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method for transmitting the above-mentioned signaling information is realized.
  • Fig. 1 is a flowchart of an information transmission method proposed by an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the structural composition of an information transmission device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of independent scheduling of the same UE when there is no ideal backhaul (Non-backhaul) between two TRPs according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Fig. 4 is a diagram of the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to two TRPs when the base station configures 3 component carriers (CC, Component Carrier) for the terminal proposed in the embodiment of the present invention, including all HARQ-ACK bits of the PDSCH configured with the CC Schematic diagram
  • Figure 5 shows the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to different TRPs including the HARQ-ACK of PDSCH in different CC combinations when the base station has configured 3 CCs for the terminal according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the same UE being independently scheduled when there is no ideal backhaul (Non-backhaul) between two TRPs according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the CC combinations of the two TRPs are different;
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of different configuration information of the first information corresponding to different types of HARQ-ACK codebooks corresponding to TRP proposed in an embodiment of the present invention, so that the bit structures of different types of HARQ-ACK codebooks are different;
  • FIG. 8 is a spatial transmission filter for PUCCH resources proposed by an embodiment of the present invention according to the association of a predetermined class of quasi-co-location in the CORESET-activated quasi-co-location reference signal set in the time unit where the PUCCH resource is located
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for updating spatial relationships proposed by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the structural composition of an apparatus for updating spatial relations proposed by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the interference problem of different types of downlink information and/or signals scheduled by different TRPs when the same UE is independently scheduled without an ideal backhaul (Non-backhaul) between two TRPs according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the interference problem of different types of downlink information and/or signals scheduled by different TRPs when the same UE is independently scheduled without an ideal backhaul (Non-backhaul) between two TRPs according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • control channel resources include at least one of the following: control channel time domain resources, control channel frequency domain resources, and control channel space domain resources.
  • Downlink control channel resources include one of the following: control channel resource set (CORESET, COntrol REsource SET) (that is, frequency domain resources and spatial resources of downlink control channel resources), search space set (that is, time domain resources and frequency of downlink control channel resources) Domain resources), a search space corresponding to the degree of aggregation (that is, time domain resources and frequency domain resources of downlink control channel resources), and a time domain opportunity (occasion) of a search space set (that is, time domain resources and time domain resources of downlink control channel resources) Frequency domain resources), a set of frequency domain resources of a CORESET (that is, frequency domain resources of downlink control channel resources), a control channel demodulation reference signal port group (that is, spatial resources of downlink control channel resources), and a quasi co-location reference
  • the control channel resources corresponding to the signal set that is, the spatial resources of the downlink control channel resources
  • the control channel resources included in the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH, Physical Downlink Control Channel) configuration information that is, the
  • the PDCCH configuration information includes PDCCH-config, including CORESET configuration information, and search space control information.
  • the association between two pieces of information includes at least one of the following: according to one piece of information, another piece of information can be obtained, according to the value of one piece of information, the value range of the other piece of information can be obtained, and some of the two pieces of information Value combinations cannot appear at the same time.
  • the second information of the channel and/or signal corresponding to the first information is the second information corresponding to the first information.
  • the first information and the second information belong to the two information.
  • a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH, Physical Uplink Control Channel) resource group corresponds to at least one of the following:
  • PUCCH resource group division method 1 one PUCCH-config.
  • PUCCH resource group division method 2 one or more PUCCH sets (sets) configured in a PUCCH-config, where each PUCCH set is associated with an uplink control information load.
  • a PUCCH-config includes 2 PUCCH resource groups, PUCCH resource group 1 includes ⁇ PUCCH set1, PUCCH set2, PUCCH set3 ⁇ , and PUCCH resource group 2 includes ⁇ PUCCH set4, PUCCH set5, PUCCH set6, PUCCH set7 ⁇ , Each PUCCH set is associated with an uplink control information load.
  • the intersection between the uplink control information loads associated with different PUCCH sets in the same PUCCH resource group is empty, and the uplink control information loads associated with different PUCCH sets in different PUCCH resource groups are The intersection between can be non-empty.
  • the terminal first selects a PUCCH set in a PUCCH resource group according to the uplink control information load, and then obtains a PUCCH resource in a PUCCH set according to the signaling information in the downlink control information (DCI, Downlink Control Information) and/or predetermined rules.
  • the uplink control information is sent in the determined PUCCH resource.
  • PUCCH resource group division method 3 divide the PUCCH resources in each PUCCH set into two PUCCH resource groups, one PUCCH resource group is composed of one PUCCH resource group in each PUCCH set; for example, there are 4 PUCCH sets, then one PUCCH resource The group is composed of 4 PUCCH resource groups, where different PUCCH groups belong to different PUCCH sets.
  • PUCCH sets only include one PUCCH resource group, and different PUCCH resource groups include different numbers of PUCCH resource groups.
  • PUCCH set1 includes ⁇ PUCCH resource group 11, PUCCH resource group 12 ⁇
  • PUCCH set2 includes ⁇ PUCCH resource group 21, PUCCH resource group 22 ⁇
  • PUCCH set3 includes ⁇ PUCCH resource group 31 ⁇
  • PUCCH set4 includes ⁇ PUCCH Resource group 41, PUCCH resource group 42 ⁇
  • PUCCH resource group 1 consists of ⁇ PUCCH group 11 in PUCCH set1, PUCCH group 21 in PUCCH set2, PUCCH group 31 in PUCCH set3, and PUCCH group 41 in PUCCH set4 ⁇
  • PUCCH resource group 2 is composed of ⁇ PUCCH group 12 in PUCCH set1, PUCCH group 22 in PUCCH set2, and PUCCH group 42 in PUCCH set4 ⁇ .
  • each PUCCH set is associated with an uplink control information load, and there is no PUCCH set 3 in PUCCH resource group 2, when the PUCCH set in PUCCH resource group 2 is determined according to the uplink control channel load, the PUCCH set in PUCCH resource group 2 is determined according to the signaling information and/or the DCI indicated
  • the predetermined rules determine the PUCCH resources in a PUCCH set
  • the load range of PUCCH set3 and the load range of PUCCH set4 need to be combined into one load range, that is, when the load of the uplink control channel load belongs to the combined load range, according to the DCI indication
  • Signaling information and/or predetermined rules determine a PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource group 42, and send uplink control information in the determined PUCCH resource; or combine the load range of PUCCH set3 and the load range of PUCCH set2 into one load range, namely When the load of the uplink control channel load belongs to the combined load range, a PUCCH resource is determined in the P
  • PUCCH resource group division method 4 Radio Resource Control (RRC, Radio Resource Control) signaling to notify the PUCCH resources included in a PUCCH resource group, or RRC commands or intermediate access control—control elements (MAC-CE, Medium Access Control- The Control Element) command configures spatial relationship indication information for each PUCCH resource, and PUCCH resources with the same reference signal included in the spatial relationship indication information form a PUCCH resource group.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC-CE Medium Access Control- The Control Element
  • obtaining one piece of information based on another piece of information includes: the piece of information is equal to the other piece of information, or the obtaining parameter of the one piece of information includes the other piece of information.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth includes at least one of the following: component carrier (CC, Component Carrior), bandwidth part (BWP, Band Width Part), and a PRB resource set.
  • component carrier CC, Component Carrior
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • PRB resource set a PRB resource set.
  • a hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement character (HARQ-ACK, Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledge) codebook includes one or more HARQ-ACKs of the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH, Physical Downlink Shared Channel) Bits.
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • a HARQ-ACK codebook may also be referred to as a HARQ-ACK bit sequence, or HARQ-ACK feedback codebook, or other names. The name does not affect the protection scope of this patent.
  • the resources include one or more of the following resources: time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code domain resources, and space resources; wherein, the space resources of the downlink signal include the quasi co-location reference of the downlink signal Signal, the spatial resources of the uplink signal include the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal, or the spatial relationship indication information of the uplink signal.
  • transmitting the channel and/or signal and/or information includes: when the method is used at the sending end, sending the channel and/or signal and/or information, when the method is used at the receiving end, it means receiving Channels and/or signals and/or information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission method, including:
  • Step 100 Determine the second information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook of the hybrid automatic repeat request currently to be transmitted; wherein the second information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain bandwidth set, first information, high layer Signaling information.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted is determined according to at least one of the following:
  • control channel resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted, and the first correspondence between the control channel resource and the frequency domain bandwidth set; wherein the control channel resource includes at least one of the following: uplink control channel resource, Downlink control channel resources.
  • the control channel resource group to which the control channel resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted belongs, and the second correspondence between the control channel resource group and the frequency domain bandwidth set.
  • the configuration of the first type of parameter set in the frequency domain bandwidth is the configuration of the first type of parameter set in the frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the active frequency domain bandwidth in a frequency domain bandwidth group is the active frequency domain bandwidth in a frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • control channel resources include at least one of the following: uplink control channel resources and downlink control channel resources.
  • the downlink control channel resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted includes at least one of the following:
  • the frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted is determined according to the configuration of the first type parameter set in the frequency domain bandwidth, the frequency domain bandwidth in the frequency domain bandwidth set satisfies At least one of the following characteristics:
  • the frequency domain bandwidth is configured with the configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted; the frequency domain bandwidth is in an active state; the frequency domain bandwidth belongs to a frequency domain Bandwidth group.
  • the configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted is configured in the CC includes one of the following:
  • a BWP in the CC is configured with the configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted; the BWP in the active state in the CC is configured with the HARQ-ACK currently to be transmitted Configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the ACK codebook.
  • the first information and/or the high-layer signaling includes at least one of the following:
  • PDSCH time domain repetition factor ie aggregation factor
  • determining the second information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook of the hybrid automatic repeat request to be transmitted currently includes:
  • the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the fourth correspondence is determined according to at least one of the following information:
  • the one-type HARQ-ACK codebook belongs to the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • control channel resources include at least one of the following: uplink control channel resources and downlink control channel resources.
  • determining the i-th correspondence relationship includes:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted belongs to one type of HARQ-ACK codebook among the N types of HARQ-ACK codebooks, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the uplink channel on which the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located falls in the same time unit.
  • the intersection between the uplink channel resources where the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located is empty; wherein, the uplink channel includes at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel PUCCH, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and the resources include the following At least one of: time domain resources, frequency domain resources.
  • the uplink channel includes at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel PUCCH, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and the resources include the following At least one of: time domain resources, frequency domain resources.
  • the PUCCH resources where the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located belong to different PUCCH resource groups.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is associated with different group identifiers; wherein, different group identifiers are used to indicate at least one of the following: different communication nodes, channels sent by different communication nodes, and signals sent by different communication nodes.
  • the uplink channel resources where the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located are in the same uplink frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the one type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes M HARQ-ACK codebooks in one time unit, where M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • Each type of HARQ-ACK codebook in the N types of HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to a set of second information; wherein, a set of second information is a value of the second information; or, the value of each set of second information
  • the configuration information set index is included in the configuration information.
  • HARQ-ACK codebooks There are at least two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks, and the difference between the two sets of second information corresponding to the two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks is not zero or the difference set is not empty.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook includes a type-I (type-I) HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to the N-type PDSCH.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to N control channel resource groups.
  • the Type N PDSCH meets at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the N-type PDSCH includes PDSCHs located in the same frequency domain bandwidth; the N-type PDSCH includes PDSCHs located in the same time unit; the intersection between the resources occupied by the N-type PDSCH is not empty; the N-type PDSCH Different types of PDSCH in the PDSCH are scheduled by control channels in different downlink control channel resource groups; the same type of PDSCH is scheduled by control channels in the same downlink control channel resource group; among the resources occupied by more than one PDSCH in the same type of PDSCH The intersection is empty; the intersection of resources occupied by more than one PDSCH belonging to different types of PDSCH is empty or non-empty.
  • the downlink control channel resource group satisfies one of the following characteristics:
  • the downlink control channel resources associated with the same set of configuration information of the first type parameter set belong to one of the downlink control channel resource groups.
  • downlink control channel resources with the same set index associated with the first type of parameter set belong to one downlink control channel resource group; wherein, one or more frequency domain bandwidths are configured with the same association
  • the first type of parameter set of the set index for example, in CC1 (such as the currently activated BWP in CC1) there are PDSCH-cofig0 (that is, the first set of first-type parameter sets) and PDSCH-cofig1 (that is, the second Set of the first type of parameter set), PDSCH-cofig0 is associated with ⁇ CORESET0, CORESET1 ⁇ , PDSCH-cofig1 is associated with ⁇ CORESET2, CORESET3 ⁇ , in CC2 (for example, in a BWP currently activated in CC2), PDSCH-cofig0 and ⁇ CORESET2 , CORESET1 ⁇ is associated, PDSCH-cofig1 is associated with ⁇ CORESET0 ⁇ ; then the set index of the associated PDSCH-config is 0
  • the frequency domain bandwidth combination includes at least one of the following: component carrier CC combination and bandwidth part BWP combination.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the P type HARQ-ACK codebook in the N type HARQ-ACK codebook includes the first frequency domain HARQ-ACK bits of PDSCH in the bandwidth.
  • the Q type HARQ-ACK codebook in the N type HARQ-ACK codebook The intersection between the corresponding frequency domain bandwidth set and the second frequency domain bandwidth is an empty set, that is, the Q-type HARQ-ACK codebook does not include the HARQ-ACK bits of the PDSCH in the second frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to the type of HARQ-ACK codebook and the The intersection between the third frequency domain bandwidth is an empty set, that is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the first type does not include the HARQ-ACK bit of the PDSCH in the third frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the P and Q are non-negative integers less than or equal to the N, or the Q is equal to (N-P).
  • the first-type parameter set includes at least one of the following parameter information:
  • Process number set information downlink data channel information, demodulation reference signal information, quasi co-located reference signal information, transmission configuration indication state TCI state list information, uplink data channel information, uplink control channel resource group, rate matching information, measurement reference signal Information, scrambling sequence generation parameters, timing advance information, aperiodic measurement reference signal information, power information, downlink control channel resource group, semi-persistent transmission downlink data channel information, the first information, downlink control information DCI
  • the mapping table information between the predetermined bit field value and the indicated content.
  • the predetermined bit field in the DCI includes a bit field for indicating one of the following information: TCI, channel state information CSI request information, sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) request information, and power adjustment information.
  • TCI channel state information CSI request information
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • Step 101 Determine the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted according to the determined second information.
  • determining the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted includes at least one of the following:
  • Step 102 Transmit the determined HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • transmission includes at least one of the following: sending and receiving.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback is realized based on the second information.
  • FIG. 2 another embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission device, including:
  • the first determining module 201 is used to determine the second information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook of the current hybrid automatic repeat request to be transmitted; the second determining module 202 is used to determine the current to be transmitted according to the determined second information The HARQ-ACK codebook; the codebook transmission module 203 is used to transmit the determined HARQ-ACK codebook; wherein the second information includes at least one of the following: frequency domain bandwidth set, first information, high-level signaling information .
  • the first determining module 201 is specifically configured to determine the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted in the following manner:
  • control channel resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted, and the first correspondence between the control channel resource and the frequency domain bandwidth set; wherein the control channel resource includes at least one of the following: uplink control channel resource, Downlink control channel resources.
  • the control channel resource group to which the control channel resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted belongs, and the second correspondence between the control channel resource group and the frequency domain bandwidth set.
  • the configuration of the first type of parameter set in the frequency domain bandwidth is the configuration of the first type of parameter set in the frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the active frequency domain bandwidth in a frequency domain bandwidth group is the active frequency domain bandwidth in a frequency domain bandwidth group.
  • control channel resources include at least one of the following: uplink control channel resources and downlink control channel resources.
  • the downlink control channel resource corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted includes at least one of the following:
  • the first determining module 201 determines the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted according to the configuration of the first type parameter set in the frequency domain bandwidth, in the frequency domain bandwidth set
  • the frequency domain bandwidth of satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the frequency domain bandwidth is configured with the configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted; the frequency domain bandwidth is in an active state; the frequency domain bandwidth belongs to a frequency domain Bandwidth group.
  • the configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted is configured in the CC includes one of the following:
  • a BWP in the CC is configured with the configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted; the BWP in the active state in the CC is configured with the HARQ-ACK currently to be transmitted Configuration information of the first type parameter set corresponding to the ACK codebook.
  • the first information and/or the high-layer signaling includes at least one of the following:
  • PDSCH time domain repetition factor ie aggregation factor
  • determining the second information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook of the hybrid automatic repeat request to be transmitted currently includes:
  • the first determining module 201 is specifically configured to determine the fourth correspondence relationship according to at least one of the following information in the following manner:
  • the one-type HARQ-ACK codebook belongs to the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • control channel resources include at least one of the following: uplink control channel resources and downlink control channel resources.
  • the first determining module 201 is specifically configured to determine the i-th correspondence relationship in the following manner:
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted belongs to one type of HARQ-ACK codebook among the N types of HARQ-ACK codebooks, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the uplink channel on which the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located falls in the same time unit.
  • the intersection between the uplink channel resources where the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located is empty; wherein, the uplink channel includes at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel PUCCH, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and the resources include the following At least one of: time domain resources, frequency domain resources.
  • the uplink channel includes at least one of the following: physical uplink control channel PUCCH, physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, and the resources include the following At least one of: time domain resources, frequency domain resources.
  • the PUCCH resources where the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located belong to different PUCCH resource groups.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is associated with different group identifiers; wherein, different group identifiers are used to indicate at least one of the following: different communication nodes, channels sent by different communication nodes, and signals sent by different communication nodes.
  • the uplink channel resources where the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook is located are in the same uplink frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the one type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes M HARQ-ACK codebooks in one time unit, where M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • Each type of HARQ-ACK codebook in the N types of HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to a set of second information; wherein, a set of second information is a value of the second information; or, the value of each set of second information
  • the configuration information set index is included in the configuration information.
  • HARQ-ACK codebooks There are at least two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks, and the difference between the two sets of second information corresponding to the two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks is not zero or the difference set is not empty.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook includes a type-I HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to the N-type PDSCH.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to N control channel resource groups.
  • the Type N PDSCH meets at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the N-type PDSCH includes PDSCHs located in the same frequency domain bandwidth; the N-type PDSCH includes PDSCHs located in the same time unit; the intersection between the resources occupied by the N-type PDSCH is not empty; the N-type PDSCH Different types of PDSCH in the PDSCH are scheduled by control channels in different downlink control channel resource groups; the same type of PDSCH is scheduled by control channels in the same downlink control channel resource group; among the resources occupied by more than one PDSCH in the same type of PDSCH The intersection is empty; the intersection of resources occupied by more than one PDSCH belonging to different types of PDSCH is empty or non-empty.
  • the downlink control channel resource group satisfies one of the following characteristics:
  • the downlink control channel resources associated with the same set of configuration information of the first type parameter set belong to one of the downlink control channel resource groups.
  • downlink control channel resources with the same set index associated with the first type of parameter set belong to one downlink control channel resource group; wherein, one or more frequency domain bandwidths are configured with the same association The first type parameter set of the set index.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth combination includes at least one of the following: component carrier CC combination and bandwidth part BWP combination.
  • the N-type HARQ-ACK codebook satisfies at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the P type HARQ-ACK codebook in the N type HARQ-ACK codebook includes the first frequency domain HARQ-ACK bits of PDSCH in the bandwidth.
  • the Q type HARQ-ACK codebook in the N type HARQ-ACK codebook The intersection between the corresponding frequency domain bandwidth set and the second frequency domain bandwidth is an empty set, that is, the Q-type HARQ-ACK codebook does not include the HARQ-ACK bits of the PDSCH in the second frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to the type of HARQ-ACK codebook and the third type The intersection between the frequency domain bandwidths is an empty set, that is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the first type does not include the HARQ-ACK bits of the PDSCH in the third frequency domain bandwidth.
  • the P and Q are non-negative integers less than or equal to the N, or the Q is equal to (N-P).
  • the first-type parameter set includes at least one of the following parameter information:
  • Process number set information downlink data channel information, demodulation reference signal information, quasi co-located reference signal information, transmission configuration indication state TCI state list information, uplink data channel information, uplink control channel resource group, rate matching information, measurement reference signal Information, scrambling sequence generation parameters, timing advance information, aperiodic measurement reference signal information, power information, downlink control channel resource group, semi-persistent transmission downlink data channel information, the first information, downlink control information DCI
  • the mapping table information between the predetermined bit field value and the indicated content.
  • the predetermined bit field in the DCI includes a bit field for indicating one of the following information: TCI, channel state information CSI request information, sounding reference signal SRS request information, and power adjustment information.
  • transmission includes at least one of the following: sending and receiving.
  • the second determining module 202 is specifically configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback is realized based on the second information.
  • the implementation process of the foregoing information transmission device is the same as the implementation process of the information transmission method of the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides an information transmission device, including a processor and a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions are executed by the processor, the foregoing Any method of information transmission.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, any one of the foregoing information transmission methods is implemented.
  • TRP1 sends DCI1 and PDSCH1, and DCI1 schedules PDSCH1.
  • TRP2 sends DCI2 and PDSCH2, DCI2 schedules PDSCH2, and the intersection between time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources occupied by PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 may be non-empty or empty. Since there is no ideal Backhaul between the two TRPs, a certain delay is required to exchange information between them.
  • HARQ-ACK codebook 1 includes HARQ-ACK of PDSCH1, which is fed back to TRP1
  • HARQ-ACK codebook 2 includes HARQ-ACK of PDSCH2, which is fed back to TRP2.
  • DCIi may correspond to multiple DCIs, that is, DCIi corresponds to a type of DCI, and are multiple DCIs sent by the same TRP
  • PDSCHi may correspond to multiple PDSCHs, that is, PDSCHi corresponds to a type of PDSCH, and is sent by the same TRP
  • each type of DCI/PDSCH corresponds to a type of HARQ-ACK codebook, that is, DCIi/PDSCHi corresponds to HARQ-ACK codebook i, where HARQ-ACK codebook i includes one or more HARQ-ACK codebooks
  • the multiple HARQ-ACK codebooks correspond to multiple HARQ-ACK codebooks sent to the same TRP at different times or the multiple HARQ-ACK codebooks correspond to the same TRP for different service types at the same time.
  • Multiple HARQ-ACK codebooks. i is 1 or 2, and it is not excluded that i can be greater than 2.
  • a corresponding HARQ-ACK feedback bit sequence is formed for each CC.
  • the terminal In order to save the number of HARQ-ACK feedback bits and improve the feedback efficiency of HARQ-ACK, the terminal should know the working status of each TRP when obtaining the type-I HARQ-ACK codebook. CC combination, so that when the terminal feeds back the type-I HARQ-ACK codebook, it only needs to feed back the HARQ-ACK bit for the CC combination corresponding to the TRP work. For a CC where the TRP does not work, it does not need to feed back the PDSCH of the CC. HARQ-ACK, because the TRP will not send PDSCH in this CC.
  • HARQ-ACK codebook 1 includes ⁇ CC1's 3-bit HARQ-ACK feedback bit, CC2's 2-bit HARQ-ACK feedback bit, CC3's 4-bit HARQ-ACK feedback bit ⁇ , HARQ-ACK code
  • This 2 includes ⁇ CC2's 2-bit HARQ-ACK feedback bit, CC3's 4-bit HARQ-ACK feedback bit ⁇ .
  • TRP1 communicates with terminal 1 on any one of ⁇ BWP1, BWP2, BWP3 ⁇ of CC2.
  • TRP2 communicates with terminal 1 on any one of ⁇ BWP2, BWP3 ⁇ of CC2.
  • BWP1 When BWP1 is activated in CC2, only the HARQ-ACK feedback bit of the PDSCH in CC2 included in the HARQ-ACK codebook 1 fed back to TRP1 is fed back to TRP2
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook 2 does not include the HARQ-ACK feedback bits of the PDSCH in CC2.
  • BWP2 or BWP3 is activated in CC2
  • HARQ-ACK codebook 1 and HARQ-ACK codebook 2 both include the HARQ-ACK feedback bit of the PDSCH in CC2.
  • the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to HARQ-ACK codebook 1 includes ⁇ BWP1 in CC1, BWP1 in CC2, BWP1 in CC3 ⁇
  • the frequency domain bandwidth set corresponding to HARQ-ACK codebook 2 includes ⁇ BWP1 in CC3 ⁇ .
  • HARQ-ACK codebook 1 corresponds to the frequency domain bandwidth set ⁇ BWP2 in CC1, BWP2 in CC2, BWP2 in CC3 ⁇
  • HARQ-ACK codebook 2 corresponds to the frequency domain bandwidth set ⁇ CC2 BWP2 in CC3, BWP2 in CC3 ⁇ .
  • Solution 1 Determine the correspondence between the downlink control channel resource (or downlink control channel resource group) and the CC combination and/or BWP combination through signaling information and/or predetermined rules (ie, the first correspondence or the second correspondence) For example, there is a corresponding relationship between CORESET1 and ⁇ CC1, CC2, CC3 ⁇ , and a corresponding relationship between CORESET2 and ⁇ CC2, CC3 ⁇ .
  • TRPi sends DCIi in CORESETi
  • DCIi schedules PDSCHi
  • PDSCHi scheduled by CORESETi is in HARQ- In the ACK codebook i
  • the terminal obtains the HARQ-ACK codebook i according to the CC combination corresponding to the CORESETi, so that different types of HARQ-ACK codebooks can correspond to different CC combinations.
  • Solution 2 Establish the correspondence between the PUCCH resource group and the CC combination and/or BWP combination (that is, the first correspondence or the second correspondence), where different PUCCH resource groups correspond to different TRPs, and also correspond to different HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook included in PUCCH resource group 1 is obtained according to CC combination 1
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook included in PUCCH resource group 2 is obtained according to CC combination 2.
  • Solution 3 Establish the correspondence between the HARQ-ACK codebook and the CC combination and/or BWP combination (that is, the third correspondence), and one HARQ-ACK codebook includes the CC combination and/or BWP combination with the corresponding relationship
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback bit of the PDSCH in does not include the HARQ-ACK feedback bit of the PDSCH in the CC combination/BWP combination that does not have a corresponding relationship.
  • one CC can include more than one BWP
  • the first to third correspondences in the above solutions 1 to 3 can be established in only one BWP, and the corresponding relationship configured in one BWP in one CC is suitable for this
  • All BWPs of a CC may also be independently configured for each BWP of a CC, and one or more of the first to third correspondences are determined according to the configuration information of the currently activated BWP.
  • the CC combination corresponding to each downlink control channel resource group/PUCCH resource group/HARQ-ACK codebook includes all CCs configured in a serving cell group, and/or A set of active CCs in a serving cell group corresponding to each downlink control channel resource group/PUCCH resource group/HARQ-ACK codebook, where one CC in the active state includes the one CC in the active state, or one CC Include BWP in active state.
  • the codebook includes the HARQ-ACK feedback bits of the PDSCH in the CC.
  • ⁇ CC1, CC2, CC3 ⁇ is configured with the first set of configuration information of the first type of parameter set, and ⁇ CC2, CC3 ⁇ is configured with all The second set of configuration information of the first type of parameter set is not configured in CC1.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook 1 includes ⁇ CC1, CC2 , The HARQ-ACK feedback bits of the PDSCH in CC3 ⁇ , the HARQ-ACK codebook 2 includes the HARQ-ACK feedback bits of the PDSCH in ⁇ CC2, CC3 ⁇ , and does not include the HARQ-ACK feedback bits of the PDSCH in CC1, because The second set of configuration information of the first type of parameter set corresponding to HARQ-ACK codebook 2 is not configured in CC1.
  • one CC can configure multiple sets of configuration information of the first type parameter set, and the number of configuration sets of the first type parameter set in different CCs may be different.
  • the multiple sets of configuration information for configuring the first type parameter set in the one CC include a set of configuration information configuring the first type parameter set in one CC corresponding to a set index of the first type parameter set , Configuring the set index of the multiple first-type parameter sets in the one CC.
  • the first type of parameter set includes information of a downlink data channel, where the information of the downlink data channel includes all information in PDSCH-config or part of information in PDSCH-config.
  • the first type of parameter set includes at least one of the following parameter information: process number set information, uplink control channel resource group, demodulation reference signal port set information, demodulation reference signal information, quasi co-located reference signal set information , Transmission configuration indication state list (Transmission Configuration Indicator (TCI, Transmission Configuration Indicator) state list) information, downlink data channel information (for example, including PDSCH-config information, or partial information included in PDSCH-config), uplink data channel information, Uplink control channel information (for example, including PUCCH-config information, or part of the information in PUCCH-config), precoding resource granularity (PRB bundling size) information, rate matching (rate mating) information, carrier indicator (Carrier indicator) information, measurement Reference signal information, scrambling sequence generation parameters, timing advance (TA, Timing Advance) information, control channel port information, aperiodic measurement reference signal information, power information, downlink control channel resource group, first information, semi-persistent Transmission of downlink data channel information, mapping table information between predetermined bit field
  • different TRPs correspond to different configuration information of the first type of parameter set.
  • the multiple CCs scheduled by the downlink control channel resource group all include HARQ-ACK codes corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group
  • CORESET group 1 and CORESET group 2 are configured in CC1
  • CORESET group 1 corresponds to the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook
  • CORESET group 2 corresponds to the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook
  • the downlink control channel in CORESET group 1 The downlink control channel in ⁇ CC1,CC2,CC3 ⁇ can be scheduled, and the downlink control channel in CORESET group 2 can schedule the downlink control channel in ⁇ CC2,CC3 ⁇
  • the first type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes ⁇ CC1
  • the second type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes the HARQ-ACK of the PDSCH in ⁇ CC2, CC3 ⁇ , but does not include the HARQ-
  • TCI bit field value TCI content indicated 000 TCI state 10 001 TCI state 11 ... ... 111 TCI state 17
  • TCI bit field value TCI content indicated 000 TCI state 20 001 TCI state 21 ... ... 111 TCI state 27
  • the first type of parameter set is the downlink data channel information PDSCH-config
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook i corresponds to the PDSCH-configi
  • the PDSCH is configured in one CC.
  • the configuration of the configuration information of the first-type parameter set of the one CC configuration or the first correspondence to the third correspondence is determined according to one of the following methods, and according to the configuration in the currently active BWP in the CC
  • the configuration status of the configuration information of the first type parameter set determines the configuration status or the first to third correspondence;
  • the number of configuration information sets of the first type parameter set configured in all BWPs included in the CC Determine the number of configuration sets of the first type parameter set in the CC; determine the first to third correspondences according to the configuration information of the first type parameter set configured in a BWP included in the CC Relationship, where the corresponding relationship is configured in only one BWP in the one CC.
  • the number of configuration sets of the first type parameter set may also be referred to as the number of sets of the first type parameter set.
  • HARQ-ACK codebook 1 and HARQ-ACK codebook 2 satisfy at least one of the following characteristics: two HARQ-ACK codebooks fall in the same time unit; where two HARQ-ACK codebooks are located The intersection between PUCCH resources and/or PUSCH resources of the PUCCH resources and/or PUSCH resources is empty, where the resources include at least one of the following resources: time domain resources, frequency domain resources; PUCCH resources where the two HARQ-ACK codebooks are located belong to different PUCCH resource group; two HARQ-ACK codebooks are associated with different group IDs, where different group IDs are used to indicate different TRPs and/or channels and/or signals sent by different TRPs; where two HARQ-ACK codebooks are located The PUCCH resources and/or PUSCH resources are located in the same uplink BWP.
  • two types of PDSCHs corresponding to two HARQ-ACK codebooks meet at least one of the following characteristics: the two types of PDSCHs include PDSCHs located in the same frequency domain bandwidth; The PDSCH-like includes PDSCHs located in the same time unit; the intersection between the resources occupied by the two PDSCHs is not empty; the two PDSCHs are scheduled by control channels in different downlink control channel resource groups; the same PDSCH is scheduled by the same Control channel scheduling in the downlink control channel resource group; the intersection of resources occupied by more than one PDSCH belonging to the same type of PDSCH is empty; the intersection of resources occupied by more than one PDSCH belonging to different types of PDSCH is empty Or not empty. That is, the intersection between the resources occupied by the PDSCH transmitted by the same TRP is empty, and the intersection between the resources occupied by the PDSCH transmitted by different TRPs may be empty or non-empty.
  • the foregoing embodiment takes two TRPs and two HARQ-ACK codebooks as an example, and this embodiment does not exclude more than 2 TRPs and more than 2 HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: between the PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook The collection of time intervals; the collection of time intervals between the DCI and PDSCH scheduling PDSCH; the time domain repetition factor (ie aggregation factor) of PDSCH; the collection of time domain resources where PDSCH is located; the time slot structure; a transmission block (TB, Transmission Block) The maximum number of code block groups (CBG, Code Block Group) included in ); whether the HARQ-ACK feedback bits corresponding to two TBs/code words (CW, Code Word) of a PDSCH are bundled, one The maximum number of TB/CW included in the PDSCH; the parameters of the semi-continuous transmission PDSCH; used to obtain the information of the candidate PDSCH set corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook currently to be transmitted; used to obtain the current to be transmitted The number of HARQ-
  • the time interval set between PDSCH and HARQ-ACK codebook is K 1
  • the time interval set K 1 between PDSCH and HARQ-ACK codebook is obtained through high-layer signaling and/or predetermined rules
  • the DCI for scheduling a PDSCH indicates which value of K 1 is the time interval between the PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK codebook of the PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK includes a set of time intervals corresponding to each value of K 1 k 1 corresponding downlink slot (nk 1) HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH.
  • the time interval set between DCI and PDSCH is k 0 , and the time interval set k 0 between DCI and PDSCH is obtained through high-layer signaling and/or predetermined rules.
  • the DCI for scheduling a PDSCH indicates the time interval between DCI and PDSCH Which value of k 0 is the time interval.
  • a piece of time domain resource includes information about the time domain symbol set occupied by a PDSCH in a slot, and obtains the time domain resource set where the PDSCH is located according to high-level signaling information and/or predetermined rules, and schedules a PDSCH DCI indicating the PDSCH Which one of the time domain resources is the time domain resource?
  • the time domain resources in the time domain resource set are divided into one or more time domain resource groups, and a HARQ-ACK codebook includes the PDSCH/TB/CBG information in each time domain resource group.
  • a time domain resource group can only correspond to one (or a limited number) of PDSCH in a HARQ-ACK codebook, that is, the terminal hopes to receive only one PDSCH in a time domain resource group corresponding to a HARQ-ACK codebook (Or a limited number) PDSCH.
  • the parameters of semi-persistent transmission PDSCH include at least one of the following: PDSCH transmission period, HARQ-ACK process number set, and HARQ-ACK of semi-persistent transmission PDSCH Where the uplink control channel resource is located, the HARQ-ACK bit of each HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the semi-persistent transmission PDSCH is obtained according to the parameters of the semi-persistent transmission PDSCH corresponding to each HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the time slot structure includes information about a downlink time domain symbol set, an uplink time domain symbol set, and a flexible time domain symbol set included in a slot. If there is at least one time domain symbol in each slot occupied by a PDSCH, the time slot structure indicates that the time domain symbol is an uplink transmission time domain symbol.
  • the case where the first information is the maximum number of CBGs included in one TB includes: when the HARQ-ACK is fed back, one HARQ-ACK bit is fed back for each CBG in each TB. That is, there is a HARQ-ACK bit corresponding to each CBG of a TB in the HARQ-ACK codebook;
  • the time-domain repetition factor (ie aggregation factor) of the PDSCH is greater than 1, the PDSCH in consecutive aggregation slots is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted in the aggregation slots only one HARQ-ACK codebook includes all the PDSCHs.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the PDSCH is not limited to 1.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback bits corresponding to two TB/CW of a PDSCH are used for Bundle operation, when the HARQ-ACK is fed back, one HARQ-ACK feedback bit corresponds to the HARQ-ACK bits of two TB/CW in binary And operation, otherwise, when the HARQ-ACK feedback bits corresponding to the two TB/CW of a PDSCH are not bundled, when the HARQ-ACK is fed back, the two TB/CWs correspond to one HARQ-AC bit respectively.
  • each HARQ-ACK codebook corresponds to a set of configuration information of the first information, for example, HARQ-ACK codebook 1 corresponds to the first set of configuration information of the first information, and HARQ-ACK codebook 2 corresponds to the first set of configuration information of the first information. Two sets of configuration information.
  • different TRPs can correspond to different first information, and the flexibility of the first information between TRPs can be achieved.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook especially when acquiring the type-I HARQA-CK feedback codebook, determine the HARQ included in the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the first information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook -ACK feedback bit.
  • the HARQ-ACK feedback bits of different HARQ-ACK codebooks corresponding to the same CC/same BWP can be different, and the set of candidate PDSCHs can also be different.
  • one candidate PDSCH corresponds to one or more in one HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the number of HARQ-ACK feedback bits for a candidate PDSCH in a HARQ-ACK codebook is obtained according to at least one of the following information: the maximum number of CBGs corresponding to the PDSCH, one of two TB/CW It is related to whether to do Bundle operation, the maximum number of TB/CW included in a PDSCH.
  • the effect shown in FIG. 7 can be achieved through the different configuration information of the above-mentioned different HARQ-ACK codebooks corresponding to the first information, where HARQ-ACK codebook 1 is fed back to TRP1, and HARQ-ACK codebook 2 is fed back For TRP2, in different HARQ-ACK codebooks, the number of HARQ-ACK feedback bits corresponding to the same CC or the same BWP can be different. Even if the number of feedback bits is the same, the candidate PDSCHs corresponding to the HARQ-ACK feedback bits in the same position may be different.
  • the establishment of the corresponding relationship between the HARQ-ACK codebook and the first information can be obtained in at least one of the following ways:
  • Correspondence acquisition method 1 Directly acquire the correspondence relationship between the HARQ-ACK codebook and the first information through signaling information and/or predetermined rules.
  • the signaling information includes the first information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • one uplink BWP includes two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks, and the first information corresponding to each type of HARQ-ACK codebook can be independently configured.
  • the signaling information establishes the correspondence between the two types of HARQ-ACK codebooks and the two sets of configuration information of the first information.
  • a type of HARQ-ACK A codebook can include more than one HARQ-ACK codebook in a BWP in a slot.
  • Different HARQ-ACK codebooks correspond to eMBB services and URLLC services, that is, different types of HARQ-ACK codebooks correspond to different TRP transmissions.
  • PDSCH Different HARQ-ACK codebooks in a type of HARQ-ACK codebook correspond to different service types.
  • eMBB service and URLLC service can be distinguished through explicit signaling or implicitly, such as through DCI
  • the PDSCH mapping method is typeA or typeB, and other implicit distinction methods are not excluded.
  • Correspondence acquisition method 2 Obtain the correspondence between the control channel resource group and the first information through signaling information and/or predetermined rules, and acquire the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the control channel resource group corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook
  • the first information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook is the first information corresponding to the control channel resource group corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook, wherein the control channel resource group includes downlink Control channel resource group and uplink control channel resource group.
  • the downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the type of HARQ-ACK codebook includes one of the following: scheduling the PDCCH of the PDSCH corresponding to one of the HARQ-ACK codebooks in the type of HARQ-ACK codebook The downlink control channel resource group to which the downlink control channel resource belongs; the downlink control channel resource group to which the downlink control channel resource of the uplink channel where the type of HARQ-ACK codebook belongs; and the downlink control channel resource group to which the type of HARQ-ACK corresponds The downlink control channel resource group to which the downlink control channel resource of the first information belongs.
  • one CC/one BWP includes one or more sets of configuration information of the first information.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides an information determination method, including:
  • the group information is determined, and third information is determined according to the group information; or the group information is determined according to the third information.
  • the group information includes at least one of the following: downlink control channel resource group information, antenna group information, and measurement reference signal resource group information.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the time interval between is less than a predetermined threshold; the combination of uplink control information (UCI, Uplink Control Information); the uplink channel where UCI is located; a channel and/or signal applicable to downlink control information; the detection of downlink control channels; the occupied time domain
  • the eighth correspondence between group information and channels and/or signals detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format, wherein the predetermined format includes DCI2_0, DCI2_1, DCI2_2, and DCI2_3 One or more of; wherein, the B and H are positive integers greater than
  • the downlink control channel resource group includes one or more downlink control channel resources.
  • each downlink control channel resource group includes only one downlink control channel resource, that is, one downlink control channel resource is a downlink control channel resource group.
  • This embodiment also does not exclude the case where the numbers of downlink control channel resources included in different downlink control channel resource groups are different.
  • the group information includes the group index.
  • the corresponding relationship between the group information and other information includes: the corresponding relationship between the group index and other information, wherein the determining the other information according to the group information includes: determining the other information according to the group index.
  • determining the seventh correspondence relationship according to the group information, or determining the group information according to the seventh correspondence relationship includes at least one of the following:
  • Channels and/or signals that are associated with the same set of information correspond to the same set of fourth type parameter sets; or channels and/or signals that are associated with the same set of information and belong to a frequency domain bandwidth correspond to the same set of fourth type parameter sets Configuration information.
  • Channels and/or signals associated with different sets of information correspond to different sets of configuration information of the fourth type of parameter set; or channels and/or signals associated with the different sets of information and belong to a frequency domain bandwidth correspond to the one frequency Different sets of configuration information of the fourth type parameter set in the domain bandwidth.
  • the number of groups included in the group information is the same as the number of configuration information sets of the fourth type parameter set.
  • the value of the predetermined type parameter in the second set of configuration information in the fourth type parameter set is obtained according to the value of the predetermined type parameter in the first set of configuration information in the fourth type parameter set; wherein, the predetermined type parameter Including one or more types of parameters, the second set of configuration information does not configure the value of a predetermined type of parameter, the first set of configuration information is configured with the value of the predetermined type of parameter, and the C is greater than or equal to 1. A positive integer.
  • the channel and/or signal associated with a downlink control channel resource group includes at least one of the following: a control channel scheduling the channel and/or signal belongs to the one downlink control channel resource group; the channel and/or signal The fourth type of parameter set is sent by the control channel in the one downlink control channel resource group; the scheduling information of the channel and/or signal includes the channel and/or the channel scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group Or signal.
  • the determination of the quasi co-located reference signal information of the channel and/or signal according to the downlink control channel resource group includes:
  • determining the combination of uplink control information according to the group information, or determining the group information according to the combination of uplink control information includes at least one of the following:
  • the E uplink control information associated with the same group of information are combined into one uplink channel resource and sent; wherein, the uplink channel resource includes at least one of the following: uplink control channel resource (such as PUCCH), uplink data channel resource (such as PUSCH).
  • uplink control channel resource such as PUCCH
  • uplink data channel resource such as PUSCH
  • intersection of the uplink channel resources occupied by the F uplink control information associated with different groups of information is empty.
  • the E and F are positive integers greater than 1, the E uplink control information needs to be fed back in the same time unit, and/or the intersection between the E uplink channel resources corresponding to the E uplink control information non empty.
  • determining the uplink channel where the uplink control information is located according to the group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the uplink control information is sent in the uplink channel; when the uplink control information and the uplink channel are associated with different groups Information, the uplink control information cannot be sent in the uplink channel; one uplink control information report resource includes more than one physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource associated with different groups of information; or, one uplink control information report resource It includes more than one PUCCH resource associated with different groups of information in a bandwidth part BWP.
  • the determination of a channel and/or signal range to which a piece of downlink control information is applicable according to downlink control channel resource group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the information included in one piece of downlink control information is applicable to the channel and/or signal corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the downlink control information; the information included in one piece of downlink control information is not applicable to the absence of the downlink control information Channels and/or signals corresponding to the corresponding downlink control channel resource group.
  • the downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the downlink control information includes: the downlink control channel resource group to which the downlink control channel resource where the downlink control information belongs belongs, or the downlink control channel resource group determined according to signaling information corresponds to the downlink control information Relational downlink control channel resource group.
  • the channels and/or signals corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group include at least one of the following: channels and/or signals scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group, and downlink in the downlink control channel resource group
  • the control channel and the scheduling information of the channel and/or signal include the channel and/or signal scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group.
  • determining the detection of the downlink control channel according to the group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the total number of detected downlink control channels in a time unit is determined according to the number of groups included in the group information.
  • the allocation of the detected downlink control channel is determined according to the group information.
  • the number of groups included in the group information is proportional to the total number of downlink control channels detected in a time unit.
  • only M downlink control channel resource groups include predetermined information in the downlink control channel, where the predetermined information includes at least one of the following: information for scheduling aperiodic measurement reference signals, indicating time slots Format indicator (SFI, Slot Format Indicator) indication information indicates information for BWP switching; where M is an integer less than N and greater than or equal to 1, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • SFI Slot Format Indicator
  • the intersection of the resources occupied by the X downlink control channel resource groups includes one of the following: detecting downlink control channels in the Y downlink control channel resource groups; detecting Y downlink control channels in the intersection part The downlink control channel of the resource group; detecting the downlink control channels in the X downlink control channel resource groups; wherein, the scrambling sequences of the downlink control channels in the different downlink control channel resource groups are different, where Y is less than X and greater than Or an integer equal to 1, and X is an integer greater than 1.
  • the maximum number of different quasi co-located reference signals for determining the associated space reception parameters of B channels and/or signals according to the group information includes one of the following:
  • the number of groups included in the group information is proportional to the maximum number of the different quasi-co-located reference signals; the number of groups included in the group information is greater than or equal to the maximum number of the different quasi-co-located reference signals number.
  • the maximum number of H channels with non-empty intersections between occupied time domain resources and/or different spatial transmission filters for signals determined according to the group information includes one of the following:
  • the number of groups included in the group information is proportional to the maximum number of the different spatial transmission filters; the number of groups included in the group information is greater than or equal to the maximum number of the different spatial transmission filters.
  • determining the eighth correspondence between the group information and the channel and/or signal according to the group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal is obtained according to the quasi co-location reference signal associated with a predetermined quasi co-location parameter from the quasi co-location reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource in the downlink control channel resource group.
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal in the quasi-co-location reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource in the downlink control channel resource group is obtained according to the reference signal included in the spatial relationship information of the uplink signal.
  • the uplink signal is sent through the antennas in the antenna group.
  • the signaling information is transmitted, and the signaling information includes an eighth correspondence between the uplink signal and the group information.
  • all control channel resources in one frequency domain bandwidth belong to one control channel resource group; or there is only one antenna group.
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal acquires the quasi-co-location reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi-co-location parameter in the quasi-co-location reference signal set of the downlink control channel resources in the downlink control channel resource group , Including at least one of the following:
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal is based on the quasi co-located reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource corresponding to the uplink signal in the time domain resources occupied by the uplink signal, and the activated association is predetermined
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal of the quasi-co-location parameter is obtained; when the quasi-co-location reference signal of the downlink control channel is updated, the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal is also updated; the downlink control channel resource is the distance In the most recent time unit of the uplink signal, a downlink control channel resource meeting a predetermined characteristic in the downlink control channel resource group; the uplink signal includes an uplink control channel signal.
  • the downlink control channel resource group includes one or more downlink control channel resources.
  • downlink control channel resources meeting predetermined characteristics include at least one of the following:
  • Feature 1 The downlink control channel resource is associated with at least one search space or candidate control channel that needs to be detected in the time unit;
  • Feature 2 The control channel resource index of the downlink control channel resource is the downlink control channel resource group Feature three: at least one downlink control channel is detected in the downlink control channel resource;
  • feature four the downlink control channel resource includes a downlink control channel for scheduling a predetermined channel and/or signal; wherein, the The predetermined channel and/or signal includes at least one of the following: uplink control channel resource, the hybrid automatic repeat request included in the uplink control channel resource—the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH corresponding to the confirmation character HARQ-ACK; feature five: the downlink control The channel resource includes a downlink control channel for scheduling channel state information CSI; wherein the CSI is included in the uplink control channel resource.
  • determining the detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format according to the group information includes at least one of the following:
  • Each of the downlink control channel resource groups includes the downlink control information in the predetermined format; the transmission directions of the same time domain symbols for the same CC in the DCI2_0 sent in more than one of the downlink control channel resource groups are consistent In the case that a third type parameter set of a frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to a downlink control channel resource group is not configured, ignore the SFI indication corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth in the DCI2_0 sent in the downlink control channel resource group; Only one downlink control channel resource group transmits the downlink control information in the predetermined format.
  • determining the detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format according to the group information includes at least one of the following:
  • Each of the downlink control channel resource groups includes the downlink control information in the predetermined format; the transmission directions of the same time domain symbols for the same CC in the DCI2_0 sent in more than one of the downlink control channel resource groups are consistent In the case that a third type parameter set of a frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to a downlink control channel resource group is not configured, ignore the SFI indication corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth in the DCI2_0 sent in the downlink control channel resource group; Only one downlink control channel resource group transmits the downlink control information in the predetermined format.
  • the determined group information includes at least one of the following:
  • the downlink control channel resources associated with the same set of configuration information in the third type parameter set belong to a downlink control channel resource group; the antennas associated with the same set of configuration information in the third type parameter set belong to an antenna group; in a frequency domain bandwidth, the The number of groups included in the group information is less than or equal to the number of sets of configuration information of the third type parameter set; the difference set of the parameter types included in the third type parameter set and the fourth type parameter set is not empty; L Downlink control channel resources with the same configuration information set index of the third type parameter set associated in a frequency domain bandwidth belong to a downlink control channel resource group, where L is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1; wherein, the configuration information index may also The configuration information set index or set index called the third type parameter set; the group information is determined according to the signaling information; when the signaling information divided by the group information is not received, there is only one group or one frequency domain All downlink control channel resources in the bandwidth belong to a downlink control channel resource group; the antenna group includes a receiving antenna group
  • the fourth type parameter set and/or the third type parameter set include at least one of the following parameters:
  • Process ID set information uplink control channel resource set information, demodulation reference signal port set information, demodulation reference signal information, quasi co-located reference signal set information, transmission configuration indication status list information, downlink data channel information, uplink data channel information , Uplink control channel information, precoding resource granularity physical resource block PRB bundling size information, rate matching information, carrier indication information, measurement reference signal information, scrambling sequence generation parameters, timing advance TA information, control channel port information, Time domain resource allocation parameters, frequency domain resource allocation parameters, aperiodic measurement reference signal information, power information, downlink control channel resource group, uplink signal, semi-persistent transmission data channel configuration information, the upper layer of the downlink control information in the predetermined format Configuration parameters, the mapping table information between the predetermined bit field value in the DCI and the indication content.
  • the predetermined bit field in the DCI includes a bit field for indicating one of the following information: TCI, channel state information CSI request information, sounding reference signal SRS request information, and power adjustment information.
  • the determining the eighth correspondence between group information and channels and/or signals includes determining the eighth correspondence between N group information and N types of channels and/or signals; wherein, There is a correspondence between the different types of channels and/or signals and the different sets of information; wherein the N types of channels and/or signals satisfy at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the intersection between type i channels and/or signals and resources occupied by type j channels and/or signals is empty; the intersection between type i measurement reference signals and resources occupied by type j measurement reference signals is not space-time ,
  • the reference signal sequence corresponding to the type i measurement reference signal and the type j measurement reference signal are different; when the intersection between the type i downlink measurement reference signal and the type j channel and/or signal is not empty, Abandon the reporting of the channel state information corresponding to the i-th type of downlink measurement reference signal or include the intersection information in the channel state information corresponding to the i-th type of downlink measurement reference signal; more than one data belonging to the same type of data channel
  • the intersection between the resources occupied by the channel is empty; the intersection between the resources occupied by more than one data channel belonging to different types of data channels is empty or non-empty; where i is not equal to j, i, j belong to ⁇ 1, 2,..., N ⁇ , N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • intersection between the i-th channel and/or signal and the resources occupied by the j-th channel and/or signal is empty, and includes at least one of the following:
  • the intersection between the type i downlink data channel and the type j aperiodic-channel state information-reference signal (AP-CSI-RS, Aperiodic-Channel State Information-Reference Signal) resource pool is empty;
  • the i-th type The intersection between the downlink data channel and the j-th control channel is empty;
  • the intersection between the i-th demodulation reference signal and the j-th measurement reference signal is empty;
  • the i-th AP-CSI-RS and the j-th AP -The intersection between CSI-RS is empty;
  • the intersection between the i-th type uplink data channel and the resources in the j-th aperiodic SRS resource pool is not empty;
  • the i-th aperiodic sounding reference signal SRS resource pool and the j-th The intersection between the non-periodic SRS resource pools is empty.
  • the empty intersection includes one of the following: the intersection of the resource occupied by the i-th type channel and/or signal and the j-th type channel and/or signal configured by the base station for the terminal cannot be non-empty; When the intersection of the configured type i channel and/or signal and the resource occupied by the type j channel and/or signal is not empty, only one type of channel and/or signal can be transmitted; the base station configures the i-th channel and/or signal for the terminal When the intersection of the resources occupied by the two types of channels and/or signals and the j-th channel and/or signals is not empty, the one type of channels and/or signals is rate-matched on the intersection, that is, the two types of channels and /Or all signals are transmitted, but only one type of channel and/or signal is transmitted in the intersection part.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides an information determining device, including:
  • the third determining module is configured to determine group information, and determine third information according to the group information; or determine the group information according to the third information; wherein the group information includes at least one of the following: downlink control channel resources Group information, antenna group information, measurement reference signal resource group information.
  • the third information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the downlink control channel resource group includes one or more downlink control channel resources.
  • each downlink control channel resource group includes only one downlink control channel resource, that is, one downlink control channel resource is a downlink control channel resource group.
  • This embodiment also does not exclude the case where the numbers of downlink control channel resources included in different downlink control channel resource groups are different.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to determine the seventh correspondence relationship based on the group information, or determine the group information based on the seventh correspondence relationship:
  • Channels and/or signals that are associated with the same set of information correspond to the same set of fourth type parameter sets; or channels and/or signals that are associated with the same set of information and belong to a frequency domain bandwidth correspond to the same set of fourth type parameter sets Configuration information.
  • Channels and/or signals associated with different sets of information correspond to different sets of configuration information of the fourth type of parameter set; or channels and/or signals associated with the different sets of information and belong to a frequency domain bandwidth correspond to the one frequency Different sets of configuration information of the fourth type parameter set in the domain bandwidth.
  • the number of groups included in the group information is the same as the number of configuration information sets of the fourth type parameter set.
  • the value of the predetermined type parameter in the second set of configuration information in the fourth type parameter set is obtained according to the value of the predetermined type parameter in the first set of configuration information in the fourth type parameter set; wherein, the predetermined type parameter Including one or more types of parameters, the second set of configuration information does not configure the value of a predetermined type of parameter, the first set of configuration information is configured with the value of the predetermined type of parameter, and the C is greater than or equal to 1. A positive integer.
  • the channel and/or signal associated with a downlink control channel resource group includes at least one of the following: a control channel scheduling the channel and/or signal belongs to the one downlink control channel resource group; the channel and/or signal The fourth type of parameter set is sent by the control channel in the one downlink control channel resource group; the scheduling information of the channel and/or signal includes the channel and/or the channel scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group Or signal.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to implement the determination of the quasi co-located reference signal information of the channel and/or signal according to the downlink control channel resource group in the following manner:
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to determine the combination of uplink control information based on the group information, or determine the group information based on the combination of uplink control information:
  • the E uplink control information associated with the same group of information are combined into one uplink channel resource and sent; wherein, the uplink channel resource includes at least one of the following: uplink control channel resource (such as PUCCH), uplink data channel resource (such as PUSCH).
  • uplink control channel resource such as PUCCH
  • uplink data channel resource such as PUSCH
  • intersection of the uplink channel resources occupied by the F uplink control information associated with different groups of information is empty.
  • the E and F are positive integers greater than 1, the E uplink control information needs to be fed back in the same time unit, and/or the intersection between the E uplink channel resources corresponding to the E uplink control information non empty.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to determine the uplink channel where the uplink control information is located according to the group information:
  • the uplink control information and the uplink channel are associated with the same group of information, the uplink control information is sent in the uplink channel.
  • the uplink control information and the uplink channel are associated with different groups of information, the uplink control information cannot be sent in the uplink channel.
  • An uplink control information report resource includes more than one physical uplink control channel PUCCH resources associated with different groups of information; or, an uplink control information report resource includes more than one PUCCH resources associated with different groups of information in a bandwidth part BWP .
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to implement the determination of a channel and/or signal range to which a downlink control information is applicable according to downlink control channel resource group information:
  • the information included in one piece of downlink control information is applicable to the channel and/or signal corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the downlink control information; the information included in one piece of downlink control information is not applicable to the absence of the downlink control information Channels and/or signals corresponding to the corresponding downlink control channel resource group.
  • the downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the downlink control information includes: the downlink control channel resource group to which the downlink control channel resource where the downlink control information belongs belongs, or the downlink control channel resource group determined according to signaling information corresponds to the downlink control information Relational downlink control channel resource group.
  • the channels and/or signals corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group include at least one of the following: channels and/or signals scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group, and downlink in the downlink control channel resource group
  • the control channel and the scheduling information of the channel and/or signal include the channel and/or signal scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to determine the detection of the downlink control channel according to the group information:
  • the total number of detected downlink control channels in a time unit is determined according to the number of groups included in the group information.
  • the allocation of the detected downlink control channel is determined according to the group information.
  • the number of groups included in the group information is proportional to the total number of downlink control channels detected in a time unit.
  • only M downlink control channel resource groups include predetermined information in the downlink control channel, where the predetermined information includes at least one of the following: information for scheduling aperiodic measurement reference signals, indicating time slots Format indicator (SFI, Slot Format Indicator) indication information indicates information for BWP switching; where M is an integer less than N and greater than or equal to 1, and N is an integer greater than 1.
  • SFI Slot Format Indicator
  • the intersection of the resources occupied by the X downlink control channel resource groups includes one of the following: detecting downlink control channels in the Y downlink control channel resource groups; detecting Y downlink control channels in the intersection part The downlink control channel of the resource group; detecting the downlink control channels in the X downlink control channel resource groups; wherein, the scrambling sequences of the downlink control channels in the different downlink control channel resource groups are different, where Y is less than X and greater than Or an integer equal to 1, and X is an integer greater than 1.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use one of the following methods to determine the maximum number of different quasi-co-located reference signals of the associated space reception parameters of B channels and/or signals according to the group information:
  • the number of groups included in the group information is proportional to the maximum number of the different quasi-co-located reference signals; the number of groups included in the group information is greater than or equal to the maximum number of the different quasi-co-located reference signals number.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use one of the following methods to determine, according to the group information, the intersection of the occupied time domain resources and non-empty H channels and/or different spatial transmission filtering of signals Maximum number of devices:
  • the number of groups included in the group information is proportional to the maximum number of the different spatial transmission filters; the number of groups included in the group information is greater than or equal to the maximum number of the different spatial transmission filters.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to determine the eighth correspondence between the group information and the channel and/or signal according to the group information:
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal is obtained according to the quasi co-location reference signal associated with a predetermined quasi co-location parameter from the quasi co-location reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource in the downlink control channel resource group.
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal in the quasi-co-location reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource in the downlink control channel resource group is obtained according to the reference signal included in the spatial relationship information of the uplink signal.
  • the uplink signal is sent through the antennas in the antenna group.
  • the signaling information is transmitted, and the signaling information includes an eighth correspondence between the uplink signal and the group information.
  • all control channel resources in one frequency domain bandwidth belong to one control channel resource group; or there is only one antenna group.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to implement the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal in the quasi co-located reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource in the downlink control channel resource group ,
  • the quasi co-location reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi co-location parameter is obtained:
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal is based on the quasi co-located reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource corresponding to the uplink signal in the time domain resources occupied by the uplink signal, and the activated association is predetermined
  • the quasi co-location reference signal of the quasi co-location parameter is obtained; when the quasi co-location reference signal of the downlink control channel is updated, the spatial transmission filter of the uplink signal is also updated;
  • the downlink control channel resource is the distance In the most recent time unit of the uplink signal, a downlink control channel resource meeting a predetermined characteristic in the downlink control channel resource group; the uplink signal includes an uplink control channel signal.
  • the downlink control channel resource group includes one or more downlink control channel resources.
  • downlink control channel resources meeting predetermined characteristics including at least one of the following:
  • Feature 1 The downlink control channel resource is associated with at least one search space or candidate control channel that needs to be detected in the time unit;
  • Feature 2 The control channel resource index of the downlink control channel resource is the downlink control channel resource group Feature three: at least one downlink control channel is detected in the downlink control channel resource;
  • feature four the downlink control channel resource includes a downlink control channel for scheduling a predetermined channel and/or signal; wherein, the The predetermined channel and/or signal includes at least one of the following: uplink control channel resource, the hybrid automatic repeat request included in the uplink control channel resource—the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH corresponding to the confirmation character HARQ-ACK; feature five: the downlink control The channel resource includes a downlink control channel for scheduling channel state information CSI; wherein the CSI is included in the uplink control channel resource.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to determine the detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format according to the group information:
  • Each of the downlink control channel resource groups includes the downlink control information in the predetermined format; the transmission directions of the same time domain symbols for the same CC in the DCI2_0 sent in more than one of the downlink control channel resource groups are consistent In the case that a third type parameter set of a frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to a downlink control channel resource group is not configured, ignore the SFI indication corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth in the DCI2_0 sent in the downlink control channel resource group; Only one downlink control channel resource group transmits the downlink control information in the predetermined format.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to determine the detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format according to the group information:
  • Each of the downlink control channel resource groups includes the downlink control information in the predetermined format; the transmission directions of the same time domain symbols for the same CC in the DCI2_0 sent in more than one of the downlink control channel resource groups are consistent In the case that a third type parameter set of a frequency domain bandwidth corresponding to a downlink control channel resource group is not configured, ignore the SFI indication corresponding to the frequency domain bandwidth in the DCI2_0 sent in the downlink control channel resource group; Only one downlink control channel resource group transmits the downlink control information in the predetermined format.
  • the third determining module is specifically configured to use at least one of the following methods to implement the determining group information:
  • the downlink control channel resources associated with the same set of configuration information in the third type parameter set belong to a downlink control channel resource group; the antennas associated with the same set of configuration information in the third type parameter set belong to an antenna group; in a frequency domain bandwidth, the The number of groups included in the group information is less than or equal to the number of sets of configuration information of the third type parameter set; the difference set of the parameter types included in the third type parameter set and the fourth type parameter set is not empty; L Downlink control channel resources with the same configuration information set index of the third type parameter set associated in a frequency domain bandwidth belong to a downlink control channel resource group, where L is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1; wherein, the configuration information index may also The configuration information set index or set index called the third type parameter set; the group information is determined according to the signaling information; when the signaling information divided by the group information is not received, there is only one group or one frequency domain All downlink control channel resources in the bandwidth belong to a downlink control channel resource group; the antenna group includes a receiving antenna group
  • the fourth type parameter set and/or the third type parameter set include at least one of the following parameters:
  • Process ID set information uplink control channel resource set information, demodulation reference signal port set information, demodulation reference signal information, quasi co-located reference signal set information, transmission configuration indication status list information, downlink data channel information, uplink data channel information , Uplink control channel information, precoding resource granularity physical resource block PRB bundling size information, rate matching information, carrier indication information, measurement reference signal information, scrambling sequence generation parameters, timing advance TA information, control channel port information, Time domain resource allocation parameters, frequency domain resource allocation parameters, aperiodic measurement reference signal information, power information, downlink control channel resource group, uplink signal, semi-persistent transmission data channel configuration information, the upper layer of the downlink control information in the predetermined format Configuration parameters, the mapping table information between the predetermined bit field value and the indication content in the DCI;
  • the predetermined bit field in the DCI includes a bit field for indicating one of the following information: TCI, channel state information CSI request information, sounding reference signal SRS request information, and power adjustment information.
  • the determining the eighth correspondence between group information and channels and/or signals includes determining the eighth correspondence between N group information and N types of channels and/or signals; wherein, There is a correspondence between the different types of channels and/or signals and the different sets of information; wherein the N types of channels and/or signals satisfy at least one of the following characteristics:
  • the intersection between type i channels and/or signals and resources occupied by type j channels and/or signals is empty; the intersection between type i measurement reference signals and resources occupied by type j measurement reference signals is not space-time ,
  • the reference signal sequence corresponding to the type i measurement reference signal and the type j measurement reference signal are different; when the intersection between the type i downlink measurement reference signal and the type j channel and/or signal is not empty, Abandon the reporting of the channel state information corresponding to the i-th type of downlink measurement reference signal or include the intersection information in the channel state information corresponding to the i-th type of downlink measurement reference signal; more than one data belonging to the same type of data channel
  • the intersection between the resources occupied by the channel is empty; the intersection between the resources occupied by more than one data channel belonging to different types of data channels is empty or non-empty; where i is not equal to j, i, j belong to ⁇ 1, 2,...,N ⁇ , N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • intersection between the i-th channel and/or signal and the resources occupied by the j-th channel and/or signal is empty, and includes at least one of the following:
  • the intersection between type i downlink data channel and type j aperiodic—channel state information—reference signal AP-CSI-RS resource pool is empty; between type i downlink data channel and type j control channel
  • the intersection between the i-th uplink data channel and the resources in the j-th aperiodic SRS resource pool is empty; the intersection between the i-th aperiodic sounding reference signal SRS resource pool and the j-th aperiodic SRS resource pool is empty .
  • the empty intersection includes one of the following: the intersection of the resource occupied by the i-th type channel and/or signal and the j-th type channel and/or signal configured by the base station for the terminal cannot be non-empty; When the intersection of the configured type i channel and/or signal and the resource occupied by the type j channel and/or signal is not empty, only one type of channel and/or signal can be transmitted; the base station configures the i-th channel and/or signal for the terminal When the intersection of the resources occupied by the two types of channels and/or signals and the j-th channel and/or signals is not empty, the one type of channels and/or signals is rate-matched on the intersection, that is, the two types of channels and /Or all signals are transmitted, but only one type of channel and/or signal is transmitted in the intersection part.
  • the implementation process of the foregoing information determining apparatus is the same as the implementation process of the information determining method in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides an information determining device, which includes a processor and a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions. When the instructions are executed by the processor, the foregoing Any method of information determination.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, any one of the foregoing information determining methods is implemented.
  • the method for determining the downlink control channel resource group including determining the downlink control channel resource group according to the association relationship between the downlink control channel resource and the third type parameter set;
  • the downlink control channel resources associated with the same set of configuration information of the third type parameter set belong to the same downlink control channel resource group.
  • CORESET0 and CORESET1 are associated with PDSCH-config0
  • CORESET3 and CORESET4 are associated with PDSCH-config1
  • ⁇ CORESET0, CORESET1 ⁇ belongs to the downlink control channel resource group 1
  • ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET4 ⁇ belongs to the downlink control channel Resource group 2.
  • the foregoing third type of parameter set is the PDSCH information included in the PDSCH-config. This embodiment does not exclude that the third type of parameter set includes other parameter types.
  • the downlink control channel resources associated with the same set of configuration information of the third type parameter set in the same frequency domain bandwidth belong to the same downlink control channel resource group.
  • the downlink control channel resources with the same configuration information index (ie configuration information set index) of the associated third type parameter set in multiple CCs belong to a downlink control channel resource group, such as ⁇ CORESET0, CORESET1 ⁇ and CC1 in CC1 PDSCH-config0 in CC1 is associated, ⁇ CORESET3, CORESET4 ⁇ in CC1 is associated with PDSCH-config1 in CC1; ⁇ CORESET1, CORESET2 ⁇ in CC2 is associated with PDSCH-config0 in CC2, ⁇ CORESET0 ⁇ and CC2 in CC1 Associated with PDSCH-config0 in CC, then downlink control channel resource group 0 includes ⁇ (CORESET0, CORESET1) in CC1, (CORESET1, CORESET2) in CC2 ⁇ , because they are all associated with PDSCH
  • the third information is determined according to the determined downlink control channel resource group, where the third information includes at least one of the following information: the difference between the downlink control channel resource group and the fourth type parameter set Correspondence; channel and/or signal quasi co-located reference signal information, wherein the time interval between the control channel for scheduling the channel and/or signal and the channel and/or signal is less than a predetermined threshold; uplink control information ( UCI, the combination of Uplink Control Information); the uplink channel where the UCI is located; a channel and/or signal to which the downlink control information is applicable; the detected candidate control channel; the intersection of the occupied time domain resources and non-empty B channels and/ Or the maximum number of different quasi-co-located reference signals of the signal's associated space receiving parameter; the maximum number of H channels with non-empty intersections between the occupied time domain resources and/or the signal spatial transmission filter; group information The eighth correspondence relationship with the uplink signal; the detection of downlink control information in a predetermined format, wherein the predetermined format includes one
  • This embodiment does not rule out obtaining other information according to the downlink control channel resource group.
  • different downlink control channel resource groups correspond to different TRPs, and there is no ideal Backhaul between different TRPs, or the downlink control channel resources are determined according to the above information. group.
  • the determining the correspondence between the downlink control channel resource group and the fourth type parameter set according to the determined downlink control channel resource group includes: a control channel scheduled channel in a downlink control channel resource group and/or The fourth type of parameter set of the signal is obtained according to a set of configuration information of the third type of parameter set corresponding to a downlink control channel resource group.
  • the determining the quasi co-located reference signal information of the channel and/or signal according to the downlink control channel resource group includes: according to the downlink control channel resource group in which the control channel for scheduling the channel and/or signal is located.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal set of the lowest downlink control channel resource index in the time unit closest to the channel and/or signal is used to obtain quasi co-located reference signal information of the channel and/or signal.
  • determining the combination of UCI according to the downlink control channel resource group includes: combining UCIs associated with the same downlink control channel resource group into one UCI, sending in one PUCCH/PUSCH resource, and/or associating different downlink control channel resource groups The UCI cannot be combined into one UCI and sent on one PUCCH/PUSCH resource.
  • determining the uplink channel where UCI is located according to the downlink control channel resource group includes: when UCI and PUCCH/PUSCH are associated with the same downlink control channel resource group, the UCI may be sent in PUCCH/PUSCH; the UCI When combined into one UCI, when one PUCCH/PUSCH resource is sent, and/or UCI and PUCCH/PUSCH are associated with different downlink control channel resource groups, the UCI cannot be in the PUCCH/PUSCH.
  • determining a channel and/or signal range to which a downlink control information is applicable according to a downlink control channel resource group includes: information included in a downlink control information is applicable to a downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the downlink control information The corresponding channel and/or signal is not applicable to the channel and/or signal corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group that does not have a corresponding relationship with the downlink control information.
  • the information notified in DCI2_0, DCI2_1, DCI2_2, and DCI2_3 is suitable for the channels and/or signals scheduled by the CORESET group that has a corresponding relationship with the DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3, or the scheduling information is included in the downlink control of CORESET group 1.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH in the downlink control channel group 1 includes MAC-CE (that is, a kind of the downlink control information), and the information notified in the MAC-CE command is suitable for the downlink channel in the downlink control channel group 1.
  • the downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the downlink control information includes the downlink control channel resource group to which the downlink control channel resource where the downlink control information belongs belongs.
  • a downlink control channel resource group corresponding to the downlink control information determined according to the signaling information for example, the downlink control channel resource group corresponding to DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3/MAC-CE/RRC is notified in the signaling information,
  • DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3/MAC-CE/RRC corresponds to ⁇ CORESET0, CORESET1 ⁇
  • the control information notified in DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3/MAC-CE/RRC is suitable for ⁇ CORESET0, CORESET1 ⁇ scheduling Channel and/or signal.
  • the channels and/or signals corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group include at least one of the following: channels and/or signals scheduled by the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group (PDSCH/AP-PDCCH scheduling) CSI-RS), the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group, and the scheduling information of the channel and/or signal includes the channel and/or signal (such as the scheduling of the downlink control channel in the downlink control channel resource group).
  • MAC-CE/RRC signaling of periodic/half-periodic/semi-persistent channels and/or signals is included in the PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH).
  • the determining the candidate control channel for detection according to the determined downlink control channel resource group includes: determining the total number of detected candidate control channels according to the determined number of downlink control channel resource groups, such as the downlink control channel resource The greater the number of groups, the greater the total number of detection candidate control channels; the allocation of the detected candidate control channels is determined according to the determined number of downlink control channel resource groups, for example, the detected candidate control channels are proportionally controlled in the downlink Channel resource groups are allocated; the number of downlink control channel resource groups is proportional to the total number of candidate control channels detected in a time unit.
  • the maximum number of different quasi co-located reference signals of different quasi co-located reference signals with non-empty intersections between occupied time-domain resources and/or signal associated space reception parameters is determined
  • the number includes: the number of the downlink control channel resource groups is proportional to the maximum number of the quasi co-located reference signals, for example, the maximum number of the quasi co-located reference signals is less than or equal to the downlink control channel resource Number of groups.
  • the channel and/or the quasi co-location reference of the reception parameters of the signal correlation space at a time (such as a time domain symbol or a slot or time domain symbols with intersection between time domain symbols, such as different BWPs of different CCs)
  • the maximum number of signals cannot exceed the number of downlink control channel resource groups. For example, if the intersection of the time domain resources occupied by ⁇ PDSCH1, PDCCH1, AP-CSI-RS2, PDSCH2 ⁇ is not empty, then ⁇ PDSCH1, PDCCH1, AP-CSI-RS2, PDSCH2 ⁇ has different quasi co-location of the associated space reception parameters
  • the maximum number of reference signals cannot exceed the number of downlink control channel resource groups.
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the PDSCH1 correlation space reception parameter is reference signal 1
  • the quasi-co-located reference signal of AP-CSI-RS2 related spatial reception parameters is reference signal 2
  • the quasi-co-located reference signal of PDSCH2 related spatial reception parameters is reference signal 2 ⁇
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of PDSCH2 correlation space receiving parameter is reference signal 2 ⁇
  • the quasi co-located reference signal of the PDSCH2 correlation space receiving parameter is reference signal 2 ⁇
  • the number of different quasi co-located reference signals of the correlation space receiving parameter is 3 that is
  • the determination of the intersection of the occupied time domain resources according to the determined downlink control channel resource group and the maximum number of H channels and/or the maximum number of different spatial transmission filters for signals that are not empty includes: the downlink control The number of channel resource groups is proportional to the maximum number of different spatial transmission filters, or the maximum number of different spatial transmission filters is less than or equal to the number of downlink control channel resource groups.
  • the channels and/or signal transmission beams sent to different TRPs at the same time may be different, and the channels and/or signal transmission beams sent to different TRPs at the same time need to be the same.
  • the above is to determine the third information according to the downlink control channel resource group, or to determine the downlink control information resource group according to the third information.
  • the third information can also be determined according to the antenna group, or the antenna group can be determined according to the third information.
  • the antenna group is the antenna group reported by the terminal through capability information, or the terminal is determined through the downlink measurement reference signal resource group reported by the channel state information (CSI, Channel State Information).
  • the antenna group includes a receiving antenna group and/or a transmitting antenna group. For example, downlink signals from different TRPs are received by different downlink receiving antenna groups, and downlink signals from the same TRP are received by the same downlink receiving antenna group. Uplink signals sent to different TRPs are sent by different uplink transmit antenna groups, and uplink signals sent to the same TRP are sent by the same line transmit antenna group.
  • the third information corresponding to different antenna groups is different.
  • the third type parameter set and/or the fourth type parameter set include at least one of the following parameters: process number set information, uplink control channel resource set information, demodulation reference signal port set information , Demodulation reference signal information, quasi co-located reference signal set information, transmission configuration indication status list information, downlink data channel information, uplink data channel information, uplink control channel information, precoding resource granularity physical resource block PRB bundling size information, rate Matching information, carrier indication information, measurement reference signal information, scrambling sequence generation parameters, timing advance TA information, control channel port information, time domain resource allocation parameters, frequency domain resource allocation parameters, non-periodic measurement reference signal information, Power information, downlink control channel resource group, uplink signal, semi-persistent data channel configuration information, and high-level configuration parameters of the downlink control information in the predetermined format.
  • the difference set between the parameter types included in the third type parameter set and the fourth type parameter set is non-empty.
  • the base station configures the A set of configuration information of the fourth type of parameter set in a frequency domain bandwidth for the terminal, when one or more types of configuration information in the fourth type of parameter set are not When configuring, use the configuration value of the one or more types of parameters configured in another set of configuration information, where A is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the A set of configuration information corresponds to A downlink control channel resource groups, and the parameter values in the fourth type parameter set of the control channel scheduling channel and/or signal in the one downlink control channel resource group, Determine according to a set of configuration information in the fourth type of parameter set that has a corresponding relationship with the downlink control channel resource group.
  • the base station and the terminal configure two PDSCH-config ⁇ PDSCH-config0, PDSCH-config1 ⁇ .
  • the configuration values of these parameters configured in PDSCH-config0 are used.
  • the second type parameter set includes parameter values included in the PDSCH-config.
  • the fourth type of parameter set includes at least one of the following parameters: process number set information, uplink control channel resource set information, demodulation reference signal port set information, demodulation reference signal information, quasi co-location Reference signal set information, transmission configuration indication state list (TCI state list) information, downlink data channel information, uplink data channel information, uplink control channel information, precoding resource granularity physical resource block (PRB, Physical Resource Block) bundling size (PRB) size) information, rate mating information, carrier indicator information, measurement reference signal information, scrambling sequence generation parameters, TA information, control channel port information, time domain resource allocation parameters, frequency domain resources Allocation parameters, aperiodic measurement reference signal information, power information, downlink control channel resource group, uplink signal, configuration information of the semi-persistent transmission data channel, and high-level configuration parameters of the downlink control information in the predetermined format. Nor does it exclude other parameter information.
  • TCI state list transmission configuration indication state list
  • the correspondence between the downlink control channel resource and the uplink control channel resource is established, and the spatial transmission filter of the uplink control channel resource is based on the quasi co-located reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource corresponding to it.
  • the quasi-co-located reference signal is acquired, and/or the quasi-co-located reference signal in the quasi-co-located reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource is acquired according to the reference signal included in the spatial relationship information of the uplink control channel resource.
  • the spatial transmission filter of the uplink control channel resource when the spatial transmission filter of the uplink control channel resource is obtained according to the quasi-co-location reference signal in the quasi-co-location reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource corresponding to it, if the quasi-co-location of the downlink control channel resource is There are multiple address reference signals, which are respectively associated with different quasi-co-location parameters, and the spatial transmission filter that specifies the uplink control channel resource is associated with a predetermined class from the quasi-co-location reference signal set of the downlink control channel resource corresponding to it.
  • the quasi co-location reference signal of the quasi co-location parameter is obtained, for example, the predetermined type of quasi co-location parameter includes a spatial reception parameter.
  • the correspondence relationship between PUCCH resources and CORESET is established.
  • the configuration information of the transmission configuration indicator (TCI, Transmission Configuration Indicator) (ie, quasi co-located reference signal set) of CORESET is updated through the MAC-CE command, it will communicate with the CORESET
  • the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH resources with the corresponding relationship is also updated, that is, the spatial transmission filter of the PUCCH resource is associated with the quasi-co-location reference of the predetermined class of quasi-co-location parameters in the updated TCI quasi-co-location reference signal set according to the CORESET Signal acquisition.
  • the spatial relationship information of the PUCCH is acquired according to the activated TCI of the CORESET corresponding to the PUCCH resource in the time unit where the PUCCH is located.
  • the MAC-CE that updates the CORESET is sent in the PDSCH in slot (n).
  • the CORESET TCI is updated to the TCI included in the MAC-CE command ( For example, TCI2), use the TCI before the CORESET (such as TCI1) before slot(n+4), and the PUCCH resource is sent in slot(n+1).
  • the spatial transmission filter of the PUCCH resource is based on the quasi co-location of TCI1
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal associated with a predetermined type of quasi-co-location parameter in the reference signal set is obtained.
  • the quasi co-location reference signal associated with a predetermined class of quasi co-location parameters in the quasi co-location reference signal set of the control channel resources meeting the predetermined characteristics in the channel resource group is acquired.
  • control channel resource in the downlink control channel resource group in the most recent time unit that meets a predetermined characteristic includes at least one of the following characteristics:
  • Feature 1 The downlink control channel resource is associated with at least one search space or candidate control channel that needs to be detected in the time unit;
  • Feature 2 The control channel resource index of the downlink control channel resource is the downlink control channel resource group Feature three: at least one downlink control channel is detected in the downlink control channel resource;
  • feature four the downlink control channel resource includes a downlink control channel for scheduling a predetermined channel and/or signal, wherein the The predetermined channel and/or signal includes at least one of the following: the uplink control channel resource, the HARQ-ACK corresponding PDSCH included in the uplink control channel resource; feature five: the downlink control channel resource includes scheduling channel state information (CSI, Channel State Information) downlink control channel, where the CSI is included in the uplink control channel resource.
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • the spatial relationship information of the one uplink reference signal includes a reference signal.
  • the spatial relationship information of the uplink reference signal 1 includes reference signal 2.
  • the reference signal 2 is an uplink reference signal, it indicates the space in which the uplink reference signal 1 is transmitted.
  • the transmit filter is obtained from the spatial transmit filter that transmits the uplink reference signal 2; when the reference signal 2 is a downlink reference signal, it means that the spatial transmit filter that transmits the uplink reference signal 1 is obtained from the spatial filter that receives the downlink reference signal 2.
  • the spatial relationship information may also be referred to as spatial filtering parameters or spatial filtering relationship parameters, or spatial parameter information, or other names.
  • the spatial transmission filter of uplink control channel resources obtains the quasi-co-location reference signal associated with the downlink control channel resource and the predetermined quasi-co-location parameter.
  • This embodiment does not exclude other uplink signal spatial transmission filters based on the downlink control channel resource.
  • the quasi-co-location reference signal associated with the predetermined quasi-co-location parameter is obtained, wherein the uplink signal includes: uplink measurement reference signal, uplink demodulation reference signal, uplink data channel signal, scheduling request (SR, Scheduling Request) signal, random Receive signals, etc.
  • the maximum number of different quasi-co-sited reference signals of channel and/or signal correlation space reception parameters at the same time is less than or equal to the number of receiving antenna groups reported by the terminal.
  • the number of receiving antenna groups reported by the terminal may be included in the capability information reported by the terminal, or determined by the maximum number of measurement reference signal groups reported by the terminal. Among them, measurement reference signal terminals of different measurement reference signal groups can receive at the same time, and measurement reference signal terminals of the same measurement reference signal group may not receive at the same time.
  • the maximum number of different quasi-co-sited reference signals of channel and/or signal correlation space reception parameters at the same time is less than or equal to the number of receiving antenna groups activated on the terminal side.
  • the determination of the intersection of the occupied time domain resources according to the determined downlink control channel resource group and the maximum number of H channels and/or the maximum number of different spatial transmission filters for signals that are not empty includes: the downlink control The number of channel resource groups is proportional to the maximum number of different spatial transmission filters, or the maximum number of different spatial transmission filters is less than or equal to the number of downlink control channel resource groups.
  • the channels and/or signal transmission beams sent to different TRPs at the same time may be different, and the channels and/or signal transmission beams sent to different TRPs at the same time need to be the same.
  • DCI2_0 that is, information used to notify slot format information
  • DCI2_0 that is, information used to notify slot format information
  • Solution 1 Configure corresponding high-level parameters of DCI2_0 for each TRP, where the high-level parameters of DCI2_0 include at least one of the following parameters of DCI 2_0:
  • Parameter 1 The overload load is the total number of information bits in DCI2_0;
  • Parameter 2 sfi-RNTI is the scrambling sequence parameter of DCI2_0;
  • SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell list this list will include one or more CC SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell, each CC's SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell includes the starting bit index of the SFI indication information of this CC in the DCI 2_0 bit sequence, one or more (SlotFormatCombination, SlotFormatCombinationsId) combination.
  • a SlotFormatCombination includes one or more slot time slot structures, that is, a set of downlink time domain symbols, a set of flexible time domain symbols, and information about a set of downlink time domain symbols in a slot.
  • DCI2_0 When the terminal receives the DCI2_0 sent by the base station, DCI2_0 includes (Slot format indicator 1, Slot format indicator 2,..., Slot format indicator N), that is, N SFI bit fields.
  • the terminal finds the SFI of each CC in DCI2_0 according to the SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell list. For example, if the SFI bit field of a CC is the aforementioned Slot format indicator 1, the value indicated in Slot format indicator 1 is the SlotFormatCombinationsId, and then the SlotFormatCombination corresponding to the SlotFormatCombinationsId is found.
  • the SlotFormatCombination includes one or more slot time slot structures. Correspondingly from the start of the time slot where DCI2_0 is located to the end of the multiple time slots included in the SlotFormatCombination.
  • DCI2_0 is group common control information
  • a specific terminal only needs to pay attention to the SFI field of the CC configured for it in DCI2_0.
  • DCI2_0 includes the above N SFI bit fields, and terminal 1 only needs to pay attention to 3 SFI fields.
  • DCI2_0 By configuring different high-level parameters of DCI2_0 for different TRPs, it is suitable for different scenarios in which different TRPs work in different frequency domain bandwidth sets (such as CC sets or BWP sets), and scenarios in which DCI2_0 sent by different TRPs have different target terminal groups.
  • the DCI2_0 of TRP1 includes 32 SFI domains (it can be understood that the 32 terminals covered by TRP1, and/or the combination of 32 terminals and CC), and the DCI2_0 sent by TRP2 includes 12 SFI domains.
  • two TRPs work in different CC sets.
  • TRP1 works in the ⁇ CC1, CC2, CC3 ⁇ set
  • TRP2 works in the ⁇ CC2, CC3 ⁇ set, so that both TRPs can send DCI2_0.
  • SFI of CC1 only SFI information is sent in TRP1.
  • the foregoing two TRPs sending two DCI2_0 include two downlink control channel resource groups, and each downlink control channel resource group sends DCI2_0.
  • DCI2_0 of TRP1 includes 64 bits and 8 SFI bit fields, ⁇ CC1, CC2, CC3 ⁇ correspond to ⁇ 1, 3, 5 ⁇ SFI fields respectively.
  • the DCI2_0 of TRP2 includes 128 bits and 14 SFI bit fields, ⁇ CC2, CC3 ⁇ correspond to ⁇ 6, 7 ⁇ SFI fields respectively.
  • parameter 1 and parameter 2 corresponding to DCI2_0 of two TRPs are the same, but parameter 3 is different.
  • Solution 2 In this solution, the above parameters 1 to 3 of DCI2_0 sent by two TRPs are the same, but when the third type parameter set corresponding to a TRP is not configured in a CC, the DCI2_0 sent in this TRP The SFI information about this CC in the terminal can be ignored, that is, the SFI of this CC only listens to another TRP.
  • the third type of parameter set is PDSCH-config
  • PDSCH-config0 corresponds to TRP1
  • PDSCH-config1 corresponds to TRP2, if CC1’s If only PDSCH-config0 is configured in the activated BWP, but PDSCH-config1 is not configured, the SFI indication domain terminal about CC1 in DCI2_0 sent by TRP2 can be ignored.
  • the activated BWPs of CC2 and CC3 are configured with PDSCH-config0 and PDSCH-config1, then the SFI of CC2 and CC3 requires both TRPs to be sent, and the time slot structure of ⁇ CC2,CC3 ⁇ sent by the two TRPs at the same time Consistent.
  • the above-mentioned third type parameter set is PDSCH-config, and this embodiment does not exclude other third type parameter sets.
  • Both TRPs can send DCI2_0.
  • DCI2_0 When the CORESETs of two TRPs overlap, only one of the TRPs can send DCI2_0, that is, the SFI of a slot is determined according to the DCI2_0 sent in the lowest CORESET group closest to the slot. The DCI2_0 sent by the two TRPs must be consistent.
  • the TRP mentioned above corresponds to the downlink control channel resource group.
  • the DCI2_0 sent by the above two TRPs must be consistent, including: the two DCI2_0 of the two CORESETs correspond to the same time domain symbol of the same BWP in the same CC.
  • two TRPs without ideal Backhaul communicate with the same terminal.
  • the intersection of the two TRPs and the CC/BWP where the terminal communicates is not empty. That is, the intersection between the channels between the two TRPs and the terminal and/or the CC/BWP where the signal is located is not empty.
  • the problem of interference between the two channels and/or signals scheduled by the two TRPs needs to be considered.
  • the first type of downlink channel and/or signal needs to be considered When the intersection with the resources occupied by the second type of downlink channel and/or signal is not empty, it interferes with each other.
  • the downlink channel includes at least one of the following: PDCCH and PDSCH.
  • the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization signal, a measurement reference signal, and a demodulation reference signal.
  • the first type of downlink channel and/or signal is sent by TRP1, such as being scheduled by the control channel in the first control channel resource group, or the quasi co-location reference signal of the channel and/or signal comes from the first quasi co-location Reference signal collection.
  • the second type of downlink channels and/or signals are sent by TRP2, such as being scheduled by a control channel in the second control channel resource group, or the quasi co-location reference signal of the channel and/or signal comes from the second quasi co-location Reference signal collection.
  • Solution 1 The interference between PDSCHi and PDSCHj can be solved by measurement, but because each TRP dynamically schedules PDSCH beams in its candidate beam set, it can be considered that different TCI states correspond to different beams, but the two TRPs
  • the candidate beam sets will appear, some beam pairs have no interference, and some beam pairs have interference.
  • As a base station try to avoid scheduling between interference beam pairs.
  • Resource group after the two TRPs receive the beam measurement report sent by the terminal, they avoid the interference between the beams between PDSCHi and PDSCHj during PDSCH scheduling according to predetermined rules, for example, ensure that the beam pairs with greater mutual interference correspond to The intersection between the resources occupied by PDSCH1 and PDSCH2 is empty.
  • the terminal detects the interference between the two CSI-RS sets, and when the interference is greater than a predetermined threshold, sends an alarm message to one or two TRPs.
  • the first CSI-RS set includes 8 bit field indicator values in the TCI indicator field of DCI1 in CORESET1, and each bit field indicator value corresponds to a quasi co-located reference signal set
  • the second CSI-RS set includes DCI2 in CORESET2.
  • Each of the 8 bit field indicator values in the TCI indicator field corresponds to the quasi-co-located reference signal set
  • the PDSCHi candidate beams sent by TRPi come from one of the 8 candidate beams of DCIi in CORESETi 1.
  • a candidate beam corresponds to a bit field indicator value corresponding to a quasi co-located reference signal set.
  • the terminal measures the interference between any two beams in the two CSI-RS sets (that is, two beam sets) (such as the Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR)), where the two The two beams come from the two beam sets respectively.
  • SINR Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio
  • the terminal periodically reports at least one of the following information: the maximum interference (such as the minimum SINR), the minimum interference (such as the maximum SINR) between the beam pairs in the two beam sets, the beam pair information corresponding to the maximum interference, and the minimum The beam pair information corresponding to the interference, and the SINR information corresponding to all beam pairs.
  • the maximum interference such as the minimum SINR
  • the minimum interference such as the maximum SINR
  • Solution 2 In order to solve the interference between PDSCHi and PDCCHj, it is stipulated that the PDSCHi scheduled by the downlink control channel resource group i cannot occupy the resources occupied by the control channel in the downlink control channel resource group j, where i is not equal to j.
  • Solution 3 In order to solve the interference between PDCCH and PDCCH, it is stipulated that when the intersection between the resources corresponding to downlink control channel resource group i and downlink control channel resource group j is not empty, the terminal only detects one of the downlink control channel resource groups Control channel. Or it is specified that when the intersection between the resources corresponding to the downlink control channel resource group i and the downlink control channel resource group j is not empty, the channel scrambling code sequence parameters corresponding to the control channels in the two control channel resources are different, or the scrambling code sequences are different. Among them, i is not equal to j.
  • Solution 4 In order to solve the interference between PDSCHi and CSI-RSj, the following solutions can be adopted:
  • Solution 4.1 If the intersection between the resources of PDSCHi and CSI-RSj is not empty, when reporting CSIi to TRPi, the CSIi includes a status, and the status includes whether the CSI-RS of the CSIi and PDSCHj are obtained There is overlap, or whether the number of overlapped resources exceeds a predetermined value, or when the number of overlaps exceeds a predetermined value, the reporting of CSIi is abandoned.
  • PDSCHi avoids the resources occupied by all AP-CSI-RSj resources in the corresponding AP-CSI-RSj resource set of TRPj.
  • the AP-CSI-RSj resource set includes the AP-CSI-RS resource corresponding to each bit field value in the CSI request resource bit field in the DCI in CORESETj, that is, PDSCHi cannot occupy all possible AP-CSI-RSj Resources.
  • Solution 4.3 There is no potential TCI state pool between AP-CSI-RSi and PDSCHj (that is, the quasi co-located reference signal set corresponding to all bit field values in the TCI bit field corresponding to DCIj in CORESETj) QCL relationship/does not correspond to the same receiving panel.
  • Solution 4.4 The terminal does not want to receive the same time-frequency resources as DMRSi and AP-CSI-RSj.
  • Solution 5 In order to solve the interference between AP-CSI-RSi and AP-CSI-RSj, the following regulations can be adopted:
  • Provision 3 The time-frequency resources occupied by two AP-CSI-RSs do not overlap.
  • Solution 6 In order to solve the interference problem between AP-CSI-RSi/SRSi and channel and/or signal j, the following solutions can be adopted:
  • Only one of the two control channel resource groups can schedule AP-CSI-RS. And/or only one of the two control channel resource groups can schedule SRS
  • Solution 7 In order to solve the interference between the uplink channel and/or signal i and the uplink channel and/or signal j, the following provisions can be adopted:
  • Rule 1 The intersection between the resources of the uplink channel and/or signal i and the uplink channel and/or signal j is empty.
  • channel and/or signal i corresponds to TRPi, i is not equal to j, and channel and/or signal i is scheduled by the control channel in control channel resource group i.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting signaling information, which can reduce signaling overhead.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting signaling information, including:
  • Step 900 Transmit first signaling information, where the first signaling information includes the following information: a spatial relationship information corresponding to an uplink control channel resource group, and a spatial relationship information list.
  • the first signaling information is high-layer signaling information, such as RRC signaling.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following:
  • Step 901 Update the spatial relationship information of the uplink control channel resource group to new spatial relationship information according to the second signaling information; wherein, the second signaling information includes the following information: the new spatial relationship information, The group index of the uplink control channel resource group or the old spatial relationship information corresponding to the uplink control channel resource group.
  • Step 902 Activate the spatial relationship information of one or more uplink control channel resources according to the third signaling information; wherein, the third signaling information includes one or more uplink control channel resource index information and the one Or update information of spatial relationship information of multiple uplink control channel resources.
  • the second signaling information includes at least one of the following: intermediate access control—control element MAC-CE signaling information, and downlink control information DCI signaling information.
  • the third signaling information includes at least one of the following: MAC-CE signaling information and DCI signaling information.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus for transmitting signaling information, including:
  • the fourth determining module 1001 is configured to transmit first signaling information, where the first signaling information includes the following information: a spatial relationship information corresponding to an uplink control channel resource group, and a spatial relationship information list.
  • it further includes:
  • the spatial relationship update module 1002 is configured to perform at least one of the following:
  • the spatial relationship information of the uplink control channel resource group is updated to new spatial relationship information according to the second signaling information; wherein, the second signaling information includes the following information: the new spatial relationship information, the uplink control The group index of the channel resource group or the old spatial relationship information corresponding to the uplink control channel resource group.
  • the third signaling information includes one or more uplink control channel resource index information and the one or more Update information about the spatial relationship information of the uplink control channel resources.
  • the first signaling information includes radio resource control RRC signaling information.
  • the second signaling information includes at least one of the following: intermediate access control—control element MAC-CE signaling information, and downlink control information DCI signaling information.
  • the third signaling information includes at least one of the following: MAC-CE signaling information and DCI signaling information.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides a signaling information transmission device, including a processor and a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed by the processor , To achieve any of the above signaling information transmission methods.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, any one of the foregoing signaling information transmission methods is implemented.
  • RRC signaling configures a spatial relationship information for one or more PUCCH resources.
  • the PUCCH-config may also include a list of spatial relationship information, which can be achieved through the intermediate access control-control element (MAC-CE, Medium Access). Control-Control Element) command or DCI to update which spatial relationship in the spatial relationship list the spatial relationship of the PUCCH resource group is.
  • MAC-CE Medium Access
  • Control-Control Element command or DCI to update which spatial relationship in the spatial relationship list the spatial relationship of the PUCCH resource group is.
  • the spatial relationship list in the PUCCH-config includes multiple spatial relationships, it is not necessary to update each PUCCH resource with the MAC-CE command. This allows the base station to update when it wants to update, and when it does not want to update, it updates the spatial relationship of each PUCCH resource with different MAC-CE commands, which saves MAC-CE commands and improves the flexibility of the base station.
  • the PUCCH with the same reference signal in the spatial relationship information notified in the RRC signaling constitutes a PUCCH resource group
  • the MAC-CE that is, the second signaling information
  • the new spatial relationship information and PUCCH resource group information are carried in the PUCCH resource group, so that the spatial information of all PUCCH resources in the PUCCH resource group is updated to the spatial relationship corresponding to the new spatial relationship information.
  • the PUCCH resource group information may be PUCCH resource group index information or old spatial relationship information, and PUCCH resources whose spatial relationship is the old spatial relationship constitute the PUCCH resource group.
  • the MAC-CE command may also update the spatial relationship information of one or more PUCCH resources, for example, the MAC-CE command notifies one or more PUCCH resource index information (For example, the one or more PUCCH resource indexes are notified through a bitmap, or the indexes of each PUCCH resource are included) and spatial relationship information.
  • the terminal after receiving this MAC-CE command (that is, the third signaling information), the terminal can re-determine the PUCCH resource group, that is, the PUCCH resource group notified by RRC signaling, which can be determined through the third information.
  • the information is re-divided into PUCCH resource groups, where PUCCHs with the same reference signal in the spatial relationship information form a PUCCH resource group.
  • RRC signaling notifies 3 PUCCH resource groups, after the third signaling information, more than 3 PUCCH resource groups may be formed. Or after passing the second signaling information, 2 PUCCH resource groups are formed.
  • the functional modules/units in the system, and the device can be implemented as software, firmware, hardware, and appropriate combinations thereof.
  • the division between functional modules/units mentioned in the above description does not necessarily correspond to the division of physical components; for example, a physical component may have multiple functions, or a function or step may consist of several physical components.
  • the components are executed cooperatively.
  • Some or all components may be implemented as software executed by a processor, such as a digital signal processor or a microprocessor, or as hardware, or as an integrated circuit, such as an application specific integrated circuit.
  • Such software may be distributed on a computer-readable medium, and the computer-readable medium may include a computer storage medium (or a non-transitory medium) and a communication medium (or a transitory medium).
  • the term computer storage medium includes volatile and non-volatile, removable and non-removable implemented in any method or technology for storing information (such as computer-readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data) medium.
  • Computer storage media include but are not limited to Random Access Memory (RAM), Read-Only Memory (ROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory, EEPROM) , Flash memory or other memory technology, compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), digital versatile disc (Digital Video Disc, DVD) or other optical disc storage, magnetic cassettes, tapes, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic A storage device, or any other medium that can be used to store desired information and can be accessed by a computer.
  • communication media usually contain computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data in a modulated data signal such as a carrier wave or other transmission mechanism, and may include any information delivery media.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例公开了一种信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质，所述信息传输方法包括：确定待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；根据确定的第二信息确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本；传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。

Description

信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质
本申请要求在2019年03月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910245823.3的中国专利申请的优先权，该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本发明实施例涉及通信技术，例如一种信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质。
背景技术
多个传输接收节点(TRP，Transmission Reception Point)之间独立调度同一个用户设备(UE，User Equipment)，尤其是多个TRP之间没有理想回程(Non-backhaul)的情况下，UE如何反馈混合自动重传请求—确认字符(HARQ-ACK，Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledge)是本文需要解决的问题之一。
多个TRP和UE通信时，如何保证参数灵活度的同时，减低信令开销，以及多个TRP和UE通信存在的干扰问题是本文需要解决的另一个问题。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供了一种信息传输方法和装置，能够在多个TRP之间独立调度同一个UE时，实现HARQ-ACK的反馈。
本发明实施例提供了一种信息传输方法，包括：
确定当前待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；
根据确定的第二信息确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本；传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。
本发明实施例提供了一种信息传输装置，包括：
第一确定模块，用于确定当前待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；
第二确定模块，用于根据确定的第二信息确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本；
码本传输模块，用于传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本；
其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。
本发明实施例提供了一种信息传输装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现上述信息传输方法。
本发明实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述信息传输方法。
本发明实施例包括：确定当前待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；根据确定的第二信息确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本；传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。本发明实施例在多个TRP之间独立调度同一个UE时，基于第二信息实现了HARQ-ACK的反馈。
本发明实施例提供了一种信息确定方法和装置，能够减少信令开销。
本发明实施例提供了一种信息确定方法，包括：
确定组信息，根据所述组信息确定第三信息；或者根据所述第三信息确定所述组信息；
其中，所述组信息包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组信息、天线组信息、测量参考信号资源组信息；
其中，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：
组信息和第四类参数集合之间的第七对应关系；
信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息，其中调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道和所述信道和/或信号之间的时间间隔小于预定阈值；
上行控制信息的合并；
上行控制信息所在的上行信道；
一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号；
下行控制信道的检测；
占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数；
占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数；
组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；
预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，其中，所述预定格式包括DCI2_0，DCI2_1，DCI2_2，DCI2_3中的一种或多种；
其中，所述B，H是大于1的正整数。
本发明实施例提供了一种信息确定装置，包括：
第三确定模块，用于确定组信息，根据所述组信息确定第三信息；或者根据所述第三信息确定所述组信息；
其中，所述组信息包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组信息、天线组信息、测量参考信号资源组信息；
其中，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：
组信息和第四类参数集合之间的第七对应关系；
信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息，其中调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道和所述信道和/或信号之间的时间间隔小于预定阈值；
上行控制信息的合并；
上行控制信息所在的上行信道；
一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号；
下行控制信道的检测；
占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数；
占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数；
组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；
预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，其中，所述预定格式包括DCI2_0，DCI2_1，DCI2_2，DCI2_3中的一种或多种；
其中，所述B，H是大于1的正整数。
本发明实施例提供了一种信息确定装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现上述信息确定方法。
本发明实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述信息确定方法。
本发明实施例包括：确定组信息，根据所述组信息确定第三信息；或者根据所述第三信息确定所述组信息。本发明实施例能够基于组信息确定第三信息，或者基于第三信息确定组信息，从而减少信令开销，并且，有效支持不同通信节点采用不同的参数，不同通信节点之间的信道和/或信号相分离。
本发明实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输方法，能够减少信令开销。
本发明实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输方法，包括：
传输第一信令信息，其中，所述第一信令信息中包括如下信息：上行控制信道资源组对应的一个空间关系信息，空间关系信息列表。
本发明实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输装置，包括：
第四确定模块，用于传输第一信令信息，其中，所述第一信令信息中包括如下信息：上行控制信道资源组对应的一个空间关系信息，空间关系信息列表。
本发明实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现上述信令信息的传输方法。
本发明实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述信令信息的传输方法。
附图说明
图1为本发明一个实施例提出的信息传输方法的流程图；
图2为本发明另一个实施例提出的信息传输装置的结构组成示意图；
图3为本发明实施例两个TRP之间没有理想回程(Non-backhaul)时独立调度同一个UE的示意图；
图4为本发明实施例提出的基站给终端配置3个成员载波(CC，Component Carrier)时，两个TRP对应的HARQ-ACK码本中都包括所有配置CC的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK的比特的示意图；
图5为本发明实施例提出的基站给终端配置了3个CC时，两个TRP实际工作的CC组合不同时，对应不同TRP的HARQ-ACK码本包括不同CC组合中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特的HARQ-ACK码本的比特结构示意图；
图6为本发明实施例提出的两个TRP之间没有理想回程(Non-backhaul)时独立调度同一个UE，两个TRP工作的CC组合不同的的示意图；
图7为本发明实施例提出的对应TRP的不同类HARQ-ACK码本对应第一信息的不同配置信息，使得不同类HARQ-ACK码本的比特结构不同的示意图；
图8为本发明实施例提出的PUCCH资源的空间发送滤波器根据在所述PUCCH资源所在的时间单元中，所述CORESET的处于激活状态的的准共址参考信号集合中关联预定类准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取的示意图；
图9为本发明另一个实施例提出的更新空间关系的方法的流程图；
图10为本发明另一个实施例提出的更新空间关系的装置的结构组成示意图；
图11为本发明实施例提出的两个TRP之间没有理想回程(Non-backhaul)独立调度同一个UE时，不同TRP调度的不同类下行信息和/或信号的干扰问题的示意图；
图12为本发明实施例提出的两个TRP之间没有理想回程(Non-backhaul)独立调度同一个UE时，不同TRP调度的不同类下行信息和/或信号的干扰问题的示意图。
具体实施方式
下文中将结合附图对本发明实施例进行说明。
在附图的流程图示出的步骤可以在诸如一组计算机可执行指令的计算机系统中执行。并且，虽然在流程图中示出了逻辑顺序，但是在某些情况下，可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤。
在下述实施例中，所述控制信道资源包括如下至少之一：控制信道时域资源，控制信道频域资源，控制信道空域资源。
下行控制信道资源包括如下之一：控制信道资源集合(CORESET，COntrol REsource SET)(即下行控制信道资源的频域资源和空域资源)，搜索空间集合(即下行控制信道资源的时域资源和频域资源)，一个聚合度对应的搜索空间(即下行控制信道资源的时域资源和频域资源)，一个搜索空间集合的一个时域时机(occasion)(即下行控制信道资源的时域资源和频域资源)，一个CORESET的一个频域资源集合(即下行控制信道资源的频域资源)，一个控制信道解调参考信号端口组(即下行控制信道资源的空域资源)，一个准共址参考信号集合对应的控制信道资源(即下行控制信道资源的空域资源)，物理下行控制信道(PDCCH，Physical Downlink Control Channel)配置信息中包括的控制信道资源(即下行控制信道资源的时域资源和频域资源和空域资源)。
其中，所述PDCCH配置信息包括PDCCH-config，包括CORESET的配置 信息，搜索空间的控制信息。
在下述实施例中，两个信息之间有关联包括如下至少之一：根据其中一个信息可以得到另一个信息，根据一个信息的取值可以得到另一个信息的取值范围，两个信息某些取值组合不能同时出现，两个信息之间存在对应关系，第一个信息对应的信道和/或信号的第二个信息为所述第一信息对应的第二信息，其中，所述第一个信息和第二个信息属于所述两个信息。
在下述实施例中，一个物理上行控制信道(PUCCH，Physical Uplink Control Channel)资源组对应如下至少之一：
PUCCH资源组划分方式一：一个PUCCH-config。
PUCCH资源组划分方式二：一个PUCCH-config中配置的一个或者多个PUCCH集合(set)，其中，每个PUCCH set关联一个上行控制信息负载。
比如一个PUCCH-config中包括2个PUCCH资源组，PUCCH资源组1中包括{PUCCH set1，PUCCH set2，PUCCH set3}，PUCCH资源组2中包括{PUCCH set4，PUCCH set5，PUCCH set6，PUCCH set7}，每个PUCCH set关联一个上行控制信息负载，同一个PUCCH资源组中的不同PUCCH set关联的上行控制信息负载之间的交集为空，不同PUCCH资源组中的不同PUCCH set关联的上行控制信息负载之间的交集可以非空。
终端首先根据上行控制信息负载在一个PUCCH资源组中选择PUCCH set，然后根据下行控制信息(DCI，Downlink Control Information)中信令信息和/或预定规则得到一个PUCCH set中的一个PUCCH资源，在所述确定的PUCCH资源中发送上行控制信息。
PUCCH资源组划分方式三：将每个PUCCH set中的PUCCH资源划分为两个PUCCH资源小组，一个PUCCH资源组由各个PUCCH set中一个PUCCH资源小组组成；比如有4个PUCCH set，则一个PUCCH资源组由4个PUCCH资源小组构成，其中，不同的PUCCH小组属于不同的PUCCH set。
或者部分PUCCH set中只包括一个PUCCH资源小组，则不同的PUCCH资源组包括的PUCCH资源小组的个数不同。比如PUCCH set1中包括{PUCCH资源小组11，PUCCH资源小组12}，PUCCH set2中包括{PUCCH资源小组21，PUCCH资源小组22}，PUCCH set3中包括{PUCCH资源小组31}，PUCCH set4中包括{PUCCH资源小组41，PUCCH资源小组42}，则PUCCH资源组1由{PUCCH set1中的PUCCH小组11，PUCCH set2中的PUCCH小组21，PUCCH set3中的PUCCH小组31，PUCCH set4中的PUCCH小组41}构成，PUCCH资源组2由{PUCCH set1中的PUCCH小组12，PUCCH set2中的PUCCH小组22， PUCCH set4中的PUCCH小组42}构成。
由于每个PUCCH set关联一个上行控制信息负载，而PUCCH资源组2中没有PUCCH set3，在当根据上行控制信道负载确定PUCCH资源组2中的PUCCH set，然后根据DCI指示的信令信息和/或预定规则确定一个PUCCH set中的PUCCH资源时，需要将PUCCH set3的负载范围和PUCCH set4的负载范围合并为一个负载范围，即上行控制信道负载的负载属于合并后的负载范围时，根据DCI指示的信令信息和/或预定规则在PUCCH资源小组42中确定一个PUCCH资源，在确定的PUCCH资源中发送上行控制信息；或者将PUCCH set3的负载范围和PUCCH set2的负载范围合并为一个负载范围，即上行控制信道负载的负载属于合并后的负载范围时，根据DCI指示的信令信息和/或预定规则在PUCCH资源小组22中确定一个PUCCH资源，在确定的PUCCH资源中发送上行控制信息。
PUCCH资源组划分方式四：无线资源控制(RRC，Radio Resource Control)信令通知一个PUCCH资源组中包括的PUCCH资源，或者RRC命令或中间接入控制—控制元素(MAC-CE，Medium Access Control-Control Element)命令为每个PUCCH资源配置空间关系指示信息，空间关系指示信息中包括的参考信号相同的PUCCH资源构成一个PUCCH资源组。
PUCCH资源组和下行控制信道资源组之间存在关联关系，一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度的上行控制信息在与所述下行控制信道资源组之间存在关联关系的PUCCH资源组中的PUCCH资源中发送。
在下述实施例中，一个信息根据另一个信息获取包括：所述一个信息等于所述另一个信息，或者所述一个信息的获取参数中包括所述另一个信息。
在下述实施例中，所述频域带宽包括如下至少之一：成员载波(CC，Component Carrior)，带宽部分(BWP，BandWidth Part)，一个PRB资源集合。
在下述实施例中，一个混合自动重传请求—确认字符(HARQ-ACK，Hybrid Automatic Repeat request ACKnowledge)码本中包括一个或者多个物理下行共享信道(PDSCH，Physical Downlink Shared Channel)的HARQ-ACK比特。一个HARQ-ACK码本也可以称为一个HARQ-ACK比特序列，或者HARQ-ACK反馈码本，或者其他名称，名称并不对本专利的保护范围构成影响。
在下述实施例中，所述资源包括如下资源中的一种或多种：时域资源，频域资源，码域资源，空域资源；其中，下行信号的空域资源包括下行信号的准共址参考信号，上行信号的空域资源包括上行信号的空间发送滤波器，或者上行信号的空间关系指示信息。
在下述实施例中，传输信道和/或信号和/或信息包括：当所述方法用于发送端，就发送信道和/或信号和/或信息，当所述方法用于接收端，就是接收信道和/或信号和/或信息。
参见图1，本发明一个实施例提出了一种信息传输方法，包括：
步骤100、确定当前待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。
在本发明实施例中，根据如下至少之一确定所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合：
所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源，及控制信道资源和频域带宽集合之间的第一对应关系；其中，控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源所属的控制信道资源组，及控制信道资源组和频域带宽集合之间的第二对应关系。
HARQ-ACK码本和频域带宽集合之间的第三对应关系。
频域带宽中第一类参数集合的配置情况。
一个频域带宽组中处于激活状态的频域带宽。
其中，控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
其中，所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的下行控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：
调度所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的下行控制信道资源；调度所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源的下行控制信道资源；发送所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第二信息的下行控制信道资源。
其中，在所述根据频域带宽中第一类参数集合的配置情况确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合的情况下，所述频域带宽集合中的频域带宽满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述频域带宽中配置了所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息；所述频域带宽处于激活状态；所述频域带宽属于一个频域带宽组。
其中，所述频域带宽包括成员载波CC时，所述CC中配置了当前待传输的 HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息包括如下之一：
所述CC中的一个BWP中配置了当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息；所述CC中处于激活状态的BWP中配置了当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息。
在本发明实施例中，第一信息和/或所述高层信令中包括以下至少之一：
PDSCH和PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK码本之间的时间间隔集合；PDSCH所在的时域资源集合；时隙结构信息；一个传输块TB中包括的码块组CBG的最大个数；一个PDSCH的两个TB或码字CW对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特是否做捆绑(Bundle)操作；一个PDSCH中包括的TB或CW的最大个数；用于获取所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的候选PDSCH集合的信息；用于获取所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本中包括的HARQ-ACK比特数目的信息；PDSCH的时域重复因子(即aggregation factor)；半持续传输的PDSCH的参数。
在本发明实施例中，确定当前待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息包括：
确定N类HARQ-ACK码本和N套第二信息之间的第四对应关系；根据所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本所属的所述N类HARQ-ACK码本的类型，确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息。
其中，所述N为大于或者等于2的整数。
在本发明实施例中，根据以下信息中的至少之一确定所述第四对应关系：
一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源所属的控制信道资源组，及控制信道资源组和一套第二信息之间的第五对应关系；所述一类HARQ-ACK码本和一套第二信息之间的第六对应关系；所述一类HARQ-ACK码本中包括的HARQ-ACK码本对应的PDSCH的业务类型。
其中，所述一类HARQ-ACK码本属于所述N类HARQ-ACK码本。
其中，控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
其中，确定第i对应关系包括：
传输信令信息，所述信令信息包括所述第i对应关系；其中，i为一、二、三、四、五、六中的一个或多个。
在本发明实施例中，所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本属于N类HARQ-ACK码本中的一类HARQ-ACK码本，N为大于或等于2的整数。
在本发明实施例中，N类HARQ-ACK码本满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道落在相同的时间单元。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源之间的交集为空；其中，所述上行信道包括以下至少之一：物理上行控制信道PUCCH、物理上行共享信道PUSCH，所述资源包括以下至少之一：时域资源、频域资源。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的PUCCH资源分别属于不同的PUCCH资源组。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本关联不同的组标识；其中，不同的组标识用于表示以下至少之一：不同的通信节点、不同的通信节点发送的信道、不同的通信节点发送的信号。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源位于同一个上行频域带宽。
所述一类HARQ-ACK码本在一个时间单元中包括M个HARQ-ACK码本，其中，所述M为大于或者等于1的正整数。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中每一类HARQ-ACK码本对应一套第二信息；其中，一套第二信息即为第二信息的一个取值；或者，每套第二信息的配置信息中有配置信息套索引。
至少存在两类HARQ-ACK码本，所述两类HARQ-ACK码本对应的两套第二信息之间的差值非0或差集非空。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本包括类型-I(type-I)HARQ-ACK码本。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本对应N类PDSCH。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本对应N个控制信道资源组。
在本发明实施例中，N类PDSCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述N类PDSCH包括位于相同的频域带宽的PDSCH；所述N类PDSCH包括位于相同的时间单元中的PDSCH；所述N类PDSCH所占的资源之间的交集非空；所述N类PDSCH中不同类PDSCH由不同的下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；同一类PDSCH由同一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；属于同一类PDSCH中多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空；属于不同类PDSCH中多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空或非空。
其中，下行控制信道资源组满足如下特征之一：
关联第一类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于一个所述下行控制信道资源组。
一个或者多个频域带宽中，关联所述第一类参数集合的套索引相同的下行控制信道资源属于一个所述下行控制信道资源组；其中，一个或者多个频域带宽中配置了关联相同套索引的第一类参数集合；比如CC1中(比如CC1中当前激活的一个BWP中)有PDSCH-cofig0(即所述第一套第一类参数集合)和PDSCH-cofig1(即所述第二套第一类参数集合)，PDSCH-cofig0和{CORESET0，CORESET1}关联，PDSCH-cofig1和{CORESET2，CORESET3}关联，CC2中(比如CC2中当前激活的一个BWP中)，PDSCH-cofig0和{CORESET2，CORESET1}关联，PDSCH-cofig1和{CORESET0}关联；则关联PDSCH-config的套索引为0的CORESET为一组，即{CC1中的(CORESET0，CORESET1)，CC2中的(CORESET2，CORESET1)}，关联PDSCH-config的套索引为1的CORESET为一组，即{CC1中的(CORESET2，CORESET3)，CC2中的(CORESET0)}；在没有收到所述下行控制信道资源组的划分信令信息的情况下，只有一个下行控制信道资源组。
在本发明实施例中，频域带宽组合包括以下至少之一：成员载波CC组合、带宽部分BWP组合。
在本发明实施例中，N类HARQ-ACK码本满足以下特征中的至少之一：
在第一频域带宽中所述第一类参数集合的配置套数有P套的情况下，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中的P类HARQ-ACK码本中包括所述第一频域带宽中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特。
在第二频域带宽中所述第一类参数集合的配置套数有P套且所述P小于所述N的情况下，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中的Q类HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合和所述第二频域带宽之间的交集为空集，即Q类HARQ-ACK码本中不包括所述第二频域带宽中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特。
在第三频域带宽中不包括一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息的情况下，所述一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合和所述第三频域带宽之间的交集为空集，即所述一类HARQ-ACK码本中不包括第三频域带宽中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特。
其中，所述P，Q为小于或者等于所述N的非负整数，或所述Q等于(N-P)。
其中，所述第一类参数集合中包括如下参数信息中的至少之一：
进程号集合信息、下行数据信道信息、解调参考信号信息、准共址参考信号信息、传输配置指示状态TCI state列表信息、上行数据信道信息、上行控制信道资源组、速率匹配信息、测量参考信号信息、加扰序列的产生参数、时间提前量信息、非周期测量参考信号信息、功率信息、下行控制信道资源组、半 持续传输的下行数据信道信息、所述第一信息、下行控制信息DCI中预定比特域值和指示内容之间的映射表格信息。
其中，所述DCI中的预定比特域包括用于指示如下信息之一的比特域：TCI，信道状态信息CSI请求信息，探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)请求信息，功率调整信息。
步骤101、根据确定的第二信息确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本。
在本发明实施例中，确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本包括如下至少之一：
确定所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本包括的HARQ-ACK比特数目；确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本中的HARQ-ACK比特对应的传输块TB或码块组CBG或PDSCH。
步骤102、传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本。
在本发明实施例中，传输包括以下至少之一：发送、接收。
本发明实施例在多个TRP之间独立调度同一个UE时，基于第二信息实现了HARQ-ACK的反馈。
参见图2，本发明另一个实施例提出了一种信息传输装置，包括：
第一确定模块201，用于确定当前待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；第二确定模块202，用于根据确定的第二信息确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本；码本传输模块203，用于传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本；其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。
在本发明实施例中，第一确定模块201具体用于采用以下方式实现确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合：
根据如下至少之一确定所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合：
所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源，及控制信道资源和频域带宽集合之间的第一对应关系；其中，控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源所属的控制信道资源组，及控制信道资源组和频域带宽集合之间的第二对应关系。
HARQ-ACK码本和频域带宽集合之间的第三对应关系。
频域带宽中第一类参数集合的配置情况。
一个频域带宽组中处于激活状态的频域带宽。
其中，控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
其中，所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的下行控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：
调度所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的下行控制信道资源；调度所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源的下行控制信道资源；发送所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第二信息的下行控制信道资源。
其中，第一确定模块201在所述根据频域带宽中第一类参数集合的配置情况确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合的情况下，所述频域带宽集合中的频域带宽满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述频域带宽中配置了所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息；所述频域带宽处于激活状态；所述频域带宽属于一个频域带宽组。
其中，在所述频域带宽包括成员载波CC时，所述CC中配置了当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息包括如下之一：
所述CC中的一个BWP中配置了当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息；所述CC中处于激活状态的BWP中配置了当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息。
在本发明实施例中，第一信息和/或所述高层信令中包括以下至少之一：
PDSCH和PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK码本之间的时间间隔集合；PDSCH所在的时域资源集合；时隙结构信息；一个传输块TB中包括的码块组CBG的最大个数；一个PDSCH的两个TB或码字CW对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特是否做捆绑(Bundle)操作；一个PDSCH中包括的TB或CW的最大个数；用于获取所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的候选PDSCH集合的信息；用于获取所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本中包括的HARQ-ACK比特数目的信息；PDSCH的时域重复因子(即aggregation factor)；半持续传输的PDSCH的参数。
在本发明实施例中，确定当前待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息包括：
确定N类HARQ-ACK码本和N套第二信息之间的第四对应关系；根据所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本所属的所述N类HARQ-ACK码本的类型，确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；其中，所述N为大于或者等于2的整数。
在本发明实施例中，第一确定模块201具体用于采用以下方式实现根据以下信息中的至少之一确定所述第四对应关系：
一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源所属的控制信道资源组，及控制信道资源组和一套第二信息之间的第五对应关系；所述一类HARQ-ACK码本和一套第二信息之间的第六对应关系；所述一类HARQ-ACK码本中包括的HARQ-ACK码本对应的PDSCH的业务类型。
其中，所述一类HARQ-ACK码本属于所述N类HARQ-ACK码本。
其中，控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
其中，第一确定模块201具体用于采用以下方式实现确定第i对应关系：
传输信令信息，所述信令信息包括所述第i对应关系；其中，i为一、二、三、四、五、六中的一个或多个。
在本发明实施例中，所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本属于N类HARQ-ACK码本中的一类HARQ-ACK码本，N为大于或等于2的整数。
在本发明实施例中，N类HARQ-ACK码本满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道落在相同的时间单元。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源之间的交集为空；其中，所述上行信道包括以下至少之一：物理上行控制信道PUCCH、物理上行共享信道PUSCH，所述资源包括以下至少之一：时域资源、频域资源。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的PUCCH资源分别属于不同的PUCCH资源组。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本关联不同的组标识；其中，不同的组标识用于表示以下至少之一：不同的通信节点、不同的通信节点发送的信道、不同的通信节点发送的信号。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源位于同一个上行频域带宽。
所述一类HARQ-ACK码本在一个时间单元中包括M个HARQ-ACK码本，其中，所述M为大于或者等于1的正整数。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中每一类HARQ-ACK码本对应一套第二信息；其中，一套第二信息即为第二信息的一个取值；或者，每套第二信息的配置信息中有配置信息套索引。
至少存在两类HARQ-ACK码本，所述两类HARQ-ACK码本对应的两套第二信息之间的差值非0或差集非空。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本包括type-I HARQ-ACK码本。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本对应N类PDSCH。
所述N类HARQ-ACK码本对应N个控制信道资源组。
在本发明实施例中，N类PDSCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：
所述N类PDSCH包括位于相同的频域带宽的PDSCH；所述N类PDSCH包括位于相同的时间单元中的PDSCH；所述N类PDSCH所占的资源之间的交集非空；所述N类PDSCH中不同类PDSCH由不同的下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；同一类PDSCH由同一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；属于同一类PDSCH中多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空；属于不同类PDSCH中多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空或非空。
其中，下行控制信道资源组满足如下特征之一：
关联第一类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于一个所述下行控制信道资源组。
一个或者多个频域带宽中，关联所述第一类参数集合的套索引相同的下行控制信道资源属于一个所述下行控制信道资源组；其中，一个或者多个频域带宽中配置了关联相同套索引的第一类参数集合。
没有收到所述下行控制信道资源组的划分信令信息的情况下，只有一个下行控制信道资源组。
在本发明实施例中，频域带宽组合包括以下至少之一：成员载波CC组合、带宽部分BWP组合。
在本发明实施例中，N类HARQ-ACK码本满足以下特征中的至少之一：
在第一频域带宽中所述第一类参数集合的配置套数有P套的情况下，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中的P类HARQ-ACK码本中包括所述第一频域带宽中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特。
在第二频域带宽中所述第一类参数集合的配置套数有P套且所述P小于所述N的情况下，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中的Q类HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合和所述第二频域带宽之间的交集为空集，即Q类HARQ-ACK码 本中不包括所述第二频域带宽中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特。
在第三频域带宽中不包括一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的第一类参数集合的配置信息的情况下，所述一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合和所述第三频域带宽之间的交集为空集，即所述一类HARQ-ACK码本中不包括第三频域带宽中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特。
其中，所述P，Q为小于或者等于所述N的非负整数，或所述Q等于(N-P)。
其中，所述第一类参数集合中包括如下参数信息中的至少之一：
进程号集合信息、下行数据信道信息、解调参考信号信息、准共址参考信号信息、传输配置指示状态TCI state列表信息、上行数据信道信息、上行控制信道资源组、速率匹配信息、测量参考信号信息、加扰序列的产生参数、时间提前量信息、非周期测量参考信号信息、功率信息、下行控制信道资源组、半持续传输的下行数据信道信息、所述第一信息、下行控制信息DCI中预定比特域值和指示内容之间的映射表格信息。
其中，所述DCI中的预定比特域包括用于指示如下信息之一的比特域：TCI，信道状态信息CSI请求信息，探测参考信号SRS请求信息，功率调整信息。
在本发明实施例中，传输包括以下至少之一：发送、接收。
在本发明实施例中，第二确定模块202具体用于执行如下至少之一：
确定所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本包括的HARQ-ACK比特数目；确定当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本中的HARQ-ACK比特对应的传输块TB或码块组CBG或PDSCH。
本发明实施例在多个TRP之间独立调度同一个UE时，基于第二信息实现了HARQ-ACK的反馈。
上述信息传输装置的实现过程与前述实施例的信息传输方法的实现过程相同，这里不再赘述。
本发明另一个实施例提出了一种信息传输装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现上述任一种信息传输方法。
本发明另一个实施例提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一种信息传输方法。
实施例1
在本实施例中，两个TRP之间没有理想回程(Backhaul)，两个TRP独立调度PDSCH，如图3所示，TRP1和TRP2之间没有理想Backhaul，TRP1发送 DCI1和PDSCH1，DCI1调度PDSCH1，TRP2发送DCI2和PDSCH2，DCI2调度PDSCH2，PDSCH1和PDSCH2占有的时域资源和/或频域资源之间的交集可以非空也可以为空。两个TRP之间由于没有理想Backhaul，它们之间交互信息需要一定的延迟，为了很好支持两个TRP独立调度同一个UE，PDSCH1的HARQ-ACK应该反馈给TRP1，PDSCH2的HARQ-ACK应该反馈给TRP2。即两个TRP发送的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK分别反馈给对应的TRP。为此可以形成两个HARQ-ACK码本，HARQ-ACK码本1包括PDSCH1的HARQ-ACK，反馈给TRP1，HARQ-ACK码本2包括PDSCH2的HARQ-ACK，反馈给TRP2。
在下述描述中DCIi可能对应多个DCI，即DCIi对应一类DCI，是由同一个TRP发送的多个DCI，PDSCHi可能对应多个PDSCH，即PDSCHi对应一类PDSCH，是由同一个TRP发送的多个PDSCH，每一类DCI/PDSCH对应一类HARQ-ACK码本，即DCIi/PDSCHi和HARQ-ACK码本i对应，其中，HARQ-ACK码本i包括一个或者多个HARQ-ACK码本，所述多个HARQ-ACK码本对应在不同时刻发送给同一个TRP的多个HARQ-ACK码本或者所述多个HARQ-ACK码本对应在同一时刻针对不同业务类型返给同一个TRP的多个HARQ-ACK码本。i为1或2，也不排除i可以大于2。
在一个type-I HARQ-ACK码本(也可以称为半静态码本)的获取过程中，会针对每个CC形成对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特序列，当给终端配置了3个CC(所述3个CC属于一个CC组，比如一个主小区组(MCG，Master Cell Group)或一个第二小区组(SCG，Secondary Cell Group)，其中，MCG组或SCG组即所述预定频域带宽组)，如图4所示，基站给终端配置了3个CC，则HARQ-ACK码本i，i＝1，2中都包括{CC1的3比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特，CC2的2比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特，CC3的4比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特}，实际上两个TRP工作的CC组合(即CC集合)不同，比如TRP1在{CC1，CC2，CC3}上给终端发送PDSCH，TRP2在{CC2，CC3}上给同一个终端发送PDSCH，为了节省HARQ-ACK反馈比特数目，提高HARQ-ACK的反馈效率，应该让终端在获取type-I HARQ-ACK码本的时候，知道各个TRP工作的CC组合，从而使得终端在反馈type-I HARQ-ACK码本的时候，只需要针对对应TRP工作的CC组合反馈HARQ-ACK比特，对于一个TRP不工作的CC，不需要反馈该CC的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，因为该TRP在该CC中不会发送PDSCH。如图5所示，HARQ-ACK码本1中包括{CC1的3比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特，CC2的2比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特，CC3的4比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特}，HARQ-ACK码本2中包括{CC2的2比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特，CC3的4比特HARQ-ACK反馈比特}。
上述是不同的TRP在不同的CC组合(即所述频域带宽集合)中和同一个 UE通信，类似地，不同的TRP在不同的BWP组合(即所述频域带宽集合)中和同一个UE通信，比如，TRP1在CC2的{BWP1，BWP2，BWP3}中的任意一个上和终端1通信。TRP2在CC2的{BWP2，BWP3}中的任意一个上和终端1通信。
一实施例中，一个CC中一个时刻只有一个激活BWP，当CC2中激活BWP1的时候，只有反馈给TRP1的HARQ-ACK码本1中包括CC2中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特，反馈给TRP2的HARQ-ACK码本2中不包括CC2中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特。当CC2中激活BWP2或BWP3的时候，HARQ-ACK码本1和HARQ-ACK码本2中都包括CC2中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特。比如当CC2激活BWP为BWP1时，HARQ-ACK码本1对应频域带宽集合包括{CC1中的BWP1，CC2中的BWP1，CC3中的BWP1}，HARQ-ACK码本2对应频域带宽集合包括{CC3中的BWP1}。当CC2激活BWP为BWP2时，HARQ-ACK码本1对应频域带宽集合{CC1中的BWP2，CC2中的BWP2，CC3中的BWP2}，HARQ-ACK码本2对应频域带宽集合{CC2中的BWP2，CC3中的BWP2}。
为实现上述目的，可以采用如下方案至少之一：
方案1：通过信令信息和/或预定规则确定下行控制信道资源(或下行控制信道资源组)与CC组合和/或BWP组合之间的对应关系(即第一对应关系或第二对应关系)，比如CORESET1和{CC1，CC2，CC3}之间存在对应关系，CORESET2和{CC2，CC3}之间存在对应关系，其中，TRPi在CORESETi中发送DCIi，DCIi调度PDSCHi，CORESETi调度的PDSCHi在HARQ-ACK码本i中反馈，终端根据和CORESETi存在对应关系的CC组合，获取HARQ-ACK码本i，就可以实现不同类的HARQ-ACK码本对应不同的CC组合。
方案2：建立PUCCH资源组与CC组合和/或BWP组合之间的对应关系(即即第一对应关系或第二对应关系)，其中，不同的PUCCH资源组对应不同的TRP，也对应不同的HARQ-ACK码本。比如PUCCH资源组1中包括的HARQ-ACK码本根据CC组合1获取，PUCCH资源组2中包括的HARQ-ACK码本根据CC组合2获取。
方案3：建立HARQ-ACK码本和CC组合和/或BWP组合之间的对应关系(即第三对应关系)，一个HARQ-ACK码本中包括与其存在对应关系的CC组合和/或BWP组合中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特，不包括与其不存在对应关系的CC组合/BWP组合中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特。
由于一个CC中可以包括多于一个的BWP，上述方案1～3中的第一到第三对应关系的建立可以只在一个BWP中建立，一个CC中的一个BWP中配置的 对应关系适合于该CC的所有BWP，也可以是一个CC的每个BWP独立配置，根据当前激活的BWP的配置信息，确定所述第一到第三对应关系中的一种或多种。
当没有接收到所述对应关系的信令信息时，认为每个下行控制信道资源组/PUCCH资源组/HARQ-ACK码本对应的CC组合包括一个服务小区组中配置的所有CC，和/或每个下行控制信道资源组/PUCCH资源组/HARQ-ACK码本对应的一个服务小区组中处于激活状态的CC集合，其中，一个CC处于激活状态包括所述一个CC处于激活状态，或一个CC中包括处于激活状态的BWP。
方案4：根据一个CC或一个BWP中配置的第一类参数集合的配置信息确定HARQ-ACK码本，比如第一类参数集合的不同套配置信息对应不同的HARQ-ACK码本，比如所述第一类参数集合的第i套配置信息对应HARQ-ACK码本i，i＝1，2；当一个CC中只有所述第一类参数集合的一套配置信息时，则只有一个HARQ-ACK码本中包括该CC中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特，比如{CC1，CC2，CC3}中配置了所述第一类参数集合的第1套配置信息，{CC2，CC3}中配置了所述第一类参数集合的第2套配置信息，CC1中没有配置所述第一类参数集合的第2套配置信息，则如图5所示，HARQ-ACK码本1中包括{CC1，CC2，CC3}中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特，HARQ-ACK码本2中包括{CC2，CC3}中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特，不包括CC1中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK反馈比特，因为CC1中没有配置HARQ-ACK码本2对应的第一类参数集合的第2套配置信息。总之此时一个CC中可以配置所述第一类参数集合的多套配置信息，不同CC中所述第一类参数集合的配置的套数可以不同。其中，所述一个CC中配置所述第一类参数集合的多套配置信息，包括一个CC中配置所述第一类参数集合的一套配置信息对应所述第一类参数集合的一个集合索引，所述一个CC中配置所述多个第一类参数集合的集合索引。
所述第一类参数集合包括下行数据信道的信息，其中，所述下行数据信道的信息包括PDSCH-config中的所有信息，或者PDSCH-config中的部分信息。
或者所述第一类参数集合包括如下参数信息中的至少之一：进程号集合信息，上行控制信道资源组，解调参考信号端口集合信息，解调参考信号信息，准共址参考信号集合信息，传输配置指示状态列表(传输配置指示(TCI，Transmission Configuration Indicator)state list)信息，下行数据信道信息(比如包括PDSCH-config信息，或者PDSCH-config中包括的部分信息)，上行数据信道信息，上行控制信道信息(比如包括PUCCH-config信息，或者PUCCH-config中的部分信息)，预编码资源粒度(PRB bundling size)信息，速率匹配(rate mating)信息，载波指示(Carrier indicator)信息，测量参考信号信息，加扰序 列的产生参数，时间提前量(TA，Timing Advance)信息，控制信道的端口信息，非周期测量参考信号信息，功率信息，下行控制信道资源组，第一信息，半持续传输下行数据信道信息，DCI中预定比特域值和指示内容之间的映射表格信息，其中，所述DCI中的预定比特域包括用于指示如下信息之一的比特域：TCI，CSI请求信息，SRS请求信息,功率调整信息。也不排除其他的参数信息，总之就是不同的TRP对应所述第一类参数集合的不同配置信息。比如不同TRP对应的不同CORESET组中的DCI中的同一比特域，其参照的比特域值和指示内容之间的映射表格，比如CORESET组1中DCI中的TCI指示域参照的是映射表格1(表1-a所示)，CORESET组2中DCI中的TCI指示域参照的是映射表格2(表1-b所示)。
一实施例中，在所述第一类参数集合中包括下行控制信道资源组时，所述下行控制信道资源组调度的多个CC都包括在所述下行控制信道资源组对应的HARQ-ACK码本中，比如CC1中配置了CORESET组1和CORESET组2，CORESET组1对应第一类HARQ-ACK码本，CORESET组2对应第二类HARQ-ACK码本，CORESET组1中的下行控制信道可以调度{CC1,CC2,CC3}中的下行控制信道，CORESET组2中的下行控制信道可以调度{CC2,CC3}中的下行控制信道，则第一类HARQ-ACK码本中包括{CC1,CC2,CC3}中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，第二类HARQ-ACK码本中包括{CC2,CC3}中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK，不包括CC1中的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK。
表1-a
TCI比特域值 指示的TCI内容
000 TCI state 10
001 TCI state 11
... ...
111 TCI state 17
表1-b
TCI比特域值 指示的TCI内容
000 TCI state 20
001 TCI state 21
... ...
111 TCI state 27
比如所述第一类参数集合为所述下行数据信道信息PDSCH-config，HARQ-ACK码本i对应PDSCH-configi，一个CC中值配置了PDSCH。
一实施例中，根据如下方式之一确定所述一个CC配置的第一类参数集合的配置信息的配置情况或所述第一对应关系到第三对应关系，根据该CC中当前激活BWP中配置的第一类参数集合的配置信息的配置情况确定所述配置情况或所述第一到第三对应关系；根据该CC中包括的所有BWP中配置的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息套数的最大值确定所述CC中的所述第一类参数集合的配置套数；根据该CC中包括的一个BWP中配置的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息确定所述第一到第三对应关系，其中，所述一个CC中只有一个BWP中配置了所述对应关系。其中，所述第一类参数集合的配置套数也可以称为所述第一类参数集合的集合个数。
在上述实施例中，HARQ-ACK码本1和HARQ-ACK码本2满足如下特征中的至少之一：两个HARQ-ACK码本落在相同的时间单元；两个HARQ-ACK码本所在的PUCCH资源和/或PUSCH资源之间的交集为空，其中，所述资源包括如下资源至少之一：时域资源，频域资源；两个HARQ-ACK码本所在的PUCCH资源分别属于不同的PUCCH资源组；两个HARQ-ACK码本关联不同的组标识，其中，不同的组标识用于表示不同的TRP和/或不同TRP发送的信道和/或信号；两个HARQ-ACK码本所在的PUCCH资源和/或PUSCH资源位于同一个上行BWP中。
一实施例中，两个HARQ-ACK码本对应的两类PDSCH，所述两类PDSCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：所述两类PDSCH包括位于相同的频域带宽的PDSCH；所述两类PDSCH包括位于相同的时间单元中的PDSCH；所述两类PDSCH所占的资源之间的交集非空；两类PDSCH由不同下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；同一类PDSCH由同一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；属于同一类PDSCH的多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空； 属于不同类PDSCH的多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空或不空。即同一个TRP发送的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空，不同TRP发送的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集可以为空也可以为非空。
上述实施例是以两个TRP和两个HARQ-ACK码本为例举例的，本实施例也不排除多于2个TRP和多于2个HARQ-ACK码本。
实施例2
在本实施例中，HARQ-ACK码本和第一信息之间存在对应关系(即第四对应关系)，其中，所述第一信息包括如下至少之一：PDSCH和HARQ-ACK码本之间的时间间隔集合；调度PDSCH的DCI和PDSCH之间的时间间隔集合；PDSCH的时域重复因子(即aggregation factor)；PDSCH所在的时域资源集合；时隙结构；一个传输块(TB，Transmission Block)中包括的码块组(CBG，Code Block Group)的最大个数；一个PDSCH的两个TB/码字(CW，Code Word)对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特是否做捆绑(Bundle)操作，一个PDSCH中包括的TB/CW的最大个数；半持续传输的PDSCH的参数；用于获取所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的候选PDSCH集合的信息；用于获取所述当前待传输的HARQ-ACK码本中包括的HARQ-ACK比特数目的信息。
一实施例中，PDSCH和HARQ-ACK码本之间的时间间隔集合为K 1，通过高层信令和/或预定规则得到所述PDSCH和HARQ-ACK码本之间的时间间隔集合K 1，调度一个PDSCH的DCI中指示所述一个PDSCH和该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK码本之间的时间间隔是所述K 1中的哪一个值。比如上行slot(n)中的HARQ-ACK码本，包括所述HARQ-ACK对应的时间间隔集合K 1中每个值k 1对应的下行slot(n-k 1)中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。
DCI和PDSCH之间的时间间隔集合为k 0，通过高层信令和/或预定规则得到所述DCI和PDSCH之间的时间间隔集合k 0，调度一个PDSCH的DCI中指示DCI和PDSCH之间的时间间隔是所述k 0中的哪一个值。
一份时域资源包括一个PDSCH在一个slot所占的时域符号集合信息，根据高层信令信息和/或预定规则得到所述PDSCH所在的时域资源集合，调度一个PDSCH的DCI中指示PDSCH的时域资源是所述时域资源集合中的哪一个。按照预定规则，将所述时域资源集合中的时域资源划分为一个或者多个时域资源组，一个HARQ-ACK码本包括所述每个时域资源组中的PDSCH/TB/CBG的HARQ-ACK，一个时域资源组在一个HARQ-ACK码本中只能对应一个(或者有限个)PDSCH，即终端希望在一个HARQ-ACK码本对应的一个时域资源组中只接收一个PDSCH(或者有限个)PDSCH。
半持续传输的PDSCH(semi-persistent transmission PDSCH，也称为高层配置的PDSCH传输)的参数包括如下至少之一：PDSCH的传输周期，HARQ-ACK进程号集合，半持续传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK所在的上行控制信道资源，根据每个HARQ-ACK码本对应的半持续传输的PDSCH的参数，得到各个HARQ-ACK码本对应半持续传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特。
时隙结构包括一个slot中包括的下行时域符号集合，上行时域符号集合，灵活(flexible)时域符号集合的信息。如果一个PDSCH所占的每个slot中都存在至少一个时域符号，其中，所述时隙结构指示所述时域符号为上行传输时域符号。
所述第一信息为一个TB中包括的CBG的最大个数的情况包括：在反馈HARQ-ACK的时候，针对每个一个TB中的每个CBG都反馈一个HARQ-ACK比特。即所述HARQ-ACK码本中对于一个TB的每个CBG都有对应的一个HARQ-ACK比特；
在PDSCH的时域重复因子(即aggregation factor)大于1时，连续aggregation个slot中所述PDSCH重复传输，对于aggregation个slot中重复传输的所述PDSCH，只在一个HARQ-ACK码本中包括所述PDSCH的HARQ-ACK码本。
一个PDSCH的两个TB/CW对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特做Bundle操作的时候，在反馈HARQ-ACK的时候，一个HARQ-ACK反馈比特对应两个TB/CW的HARQ-ACK比特做2进制与操作，否则，一个PDSCH的两个TB/CW对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特没有做Bundle操作的时候，在反馈HARQ-ACK的时候，两个TB/CW分别对应一个HARQ-AC比特。
一实施例中，存在至少两个HARQ-ACK反馈码本，分别对应不同TRP发送的PDSCH，比如针对一个BWP中由不同控制信道资源组中的DCI调度的PDSCH。每个HARQ-ACK码本分别对应所述第一信息的一套配置信息，比如HARQ-ACK码本1对应第一信息的第一套配置信息，HARQ-ACK码本2对应第一信息的第二套配置信息。
从而可以实现不同TRP对应不同的上述第一信息，实现TRP之间第一信息的灵活性。另一方面在获取HARQ-ACK码本的时候，特别是获取type-I HARQA-CK反馈码本的时候，根据该HARQ-ACK码本对应的第一信息确定该HARQ-ACK码本包括的HARQ-ACK反馈比特。总之不同的HARQ-ACK码本对应同一个CC/同一个BWP的HARQ-ACK反馈比特可以不同，候选PDSCH集合也可以不同，其中，一个候选PDSCH在一个HARQ-ACK码本中对应一个或者多个HARQ-ACK反馈比特，一个候选PDSCH在一个HARQ-ACK码本对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特的数目根据如下信息中的至少之一获取：该PDSCH 对应的CBG最大个数，两个TB/CW之间是否做Bundle操作有关，一个PDSCH中包括的TB/CW的最大个数。
通过上述不同HARQ-ACK码本对应所述第一信息的不同配置信息就可以实现图7所示的效果，其中，HARQ-ACK码本1是反馈给TRP1的，HARQ-ACK码本2是反馈给TRP2的，不同HARQ-ACK码本中，同一个CC或同一个BWP对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特数目可以不同。即使反馈比特数目相同，同一位置的HARQ-ACK反馈比特对应的候选PDSCH可以不同。
上述HARQ-ACK码本和第一信息对应关系的建立可以通过如下方式至少之一获取：
对应关系获取方式一：通过信令信息和/或预定规则直接获取HARQ-ACK码本和第一信息之间的对应关系。比如所述信令信息中包括HARQ-ACK码本对应的第一信息。
一实施例中，一个上行BWP中包括两类HARQ-ACK码本，每类HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一信息可以独立配置。信令信息建立两类HARQ-ACK码本和第一信息的两套配置信息之间的对应关系。
一实施例中，考虑到多TRP传输和增强移动宽带(enhanced Mobile Broadband，eMBB)业务和超可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications，URLLC)业务结合的时候，一类HARQ-ACK码本在一个slot的一个BWP中可以包括多于一个的HARQ-ACK码本，不同HARQ-ACK码本分别对应eMBB业务和URLLC业务，即不同类的HARQ-ACK码本对应不同的TRP传输的PDSCH，一类HARQ-ACK码本中的不同HARQ-ACK码本对应不同的业务类型，其中，eMBB业务和URLLC业务可以通过显式信令区分，也可以通过隐式方式区分，比如通过DCI的加扰序列，PDSCH的映射方式typeA还是typeB映射方式，也不排除其他的隐式区分方法。
对应关系获取方式二：通过信令信息和/或预定规则获取控制信道资源组和第一信息之间的对应关系，根据HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源组获取所述HARQ-ACK码本对应的第一信息，比如HARQ-ACK码本对应的第一信息为与所述HARQ-ACK码本存在对应关系的控制信道资源组对应的第一信息，其中，所述控制信道资源组包括下行控制信道资源组和上行控制信道资源组。
一实施例中，所述一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的下行控制信道资源组包括如下之一：调度所述一类HARQ-ACK码本中的一个HARQ-ACK码本对应的PDSCH的PDCCH所在的下行控制信道资源所属的下行控制信道资源组；调度所述一类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道的下行控制信道资源所属的下行控 制信道资源组；发送所述一类HARQ-ACK对应的所述第一信息的下行控制信道资源所属的下行控制信道资源组。
一实施例中，一个CC/一个BWP中包括所述第一信息的一套或多套配置信息。
本发明另一个实施例提出了一种信息确定方法，包括：
确定组信息，根据所述组信息确定第三信息；或者根据所述第三信息确定所述组信息。
其中，所述组信息包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组信息、天线组信息、测量参考信号资源组信息。
其中，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：
组信息和第四类参数集合之间的第七对应关系；信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息，其中，调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道和所述信道和/或信号之间的时间间隔小于预定阈值；上行控制信息(UCI，Uplink Control Information)的合并；UCI所在的上行信道；一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号；下行控制信道的检测；占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数；占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数；组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，其中，所述预定格式包括DCI2_0，DCI2_1，DCI2_2，DCI2_3中的一种或多种；其中，所述B，H是大于1的正整数。
在本发明实施例中，下行控制信道资源组中包括一个或多个下行控制信道资源。本文也不排除一种实施方式，在所述实施方式中，每个下行控制信道资源组中只包括一个下行控制信道资源，即一个下行控制信道资源就是一个下行控制信道资源组。本实施例也不排除不同下行控制信道资源组中包括的下行控制信道资源的个数不同的情况下。
在发明实施例中，所述组信息中包括所述组索引。所述组信息和其他信息之间的对应关系包括：所述组索引和其他信息之间的对应关系，其中，所述根据组信息确定其他信息包括：根据组索引确定其他信息。
在本发明实施例中，根据组信息确定第七对应关系，或者根据第七对应关系确定组信息包括如下至少之一：
关联所述组信息相同的信道和/或信号对应同一套第四类参数集合；或者关联所述相同组信息且属于一个频域带宽的信道和/或信号对应同一套所述第四类参数集合的配置信息。
关联所述组信息不同的信道和/或信号对应所述第四类参数集合的不同套配置信息；或者关联所述不同组信息且属于一个频域带宽的信道和/或信号对应所述一个频域带宽中所述第四类参数集合的不同套配置信息。
确定一个频域带宽中的C个所述组信息和第四类参数集合的C套配置信息之间的关联关系。
所述组信息中包括的组数与所述第四类参数集合的配置信息套数相同。
所述第四类参数集合中的第二套配置信息中预定类参数的值根据所述第四类参数集合中的第一套配置信息中预定类参数的值获取；其中，所述预定类参数包括一类或多类参数，所述第二套配置信息中没有配置预定类参数的值，所述第一套配置信息中配置了所述预定类参数的值，所述C为大于或等于1的正整数。
其中，所述信道和/或信号关联一个下行控制信道资源组包括如下至少之一：调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道属于所述一个下行控制信道资源组；所述信道和/或信号的所述第四类参数集合由所述一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道发送；所述信道和/或信号的调度信息包括在下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号。
在本发明实施例中，所述根据下行控制信道资源组确定信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息包括：
根据调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道所在的下行控制信道资源组中，距离所述信道和/或信号最近的时间单元中，具有预定下行控制信道资源索引的准共址参考信号集合，获取所述信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息。
在本发明实施例中，根据所述组信息确定上行控制信息的合并，或者根据上行控制信息的合并确定组信息包括如下至少之一：
关联同一个所述组信息的E个上行控制信息合并到一个上行信道资源中发送；其中，所述上行信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源(如PUCCH)、上行数据信道资源(如PUSCH)。
关联不同所述组信息的F个上行控制信息占有的上行信道资源的交集为空。
其中，所述E，F为大于1的正整数，所述E个上行控制信息需要在相同的时间单元反馈，和/或所述E个上行控制信息对应的E个上行信道资源之间的交集非空。
在本发明实施例中，根据所述组信息确定上行控制信息所在的上行信道包括以下至少之一：
在所述上行控制信息和所述上行信道关联同一个所述组信息时，所述上行控制信息在所述上行信道中发送；在所述上行控制信息和所述上行信道关联不同的所述组信息时，所述上行控制信息不能在所述上行信道中发送；一个上行控制信息的上报资源包括关联不同组信息的多于一个的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；或者，一个上行控制信息的上报资源包括一个带宽部分BWP中关联不同组信息的多于一个的PUCCH资源。
在本发明实施例中，所述根据下行控制信道资源组信息确定一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号范围包括以下至少之一：
一个下行控制信息中包括的信息适用于与所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号；一个下行控制信息中包括的信息不适用于与所述下行控制信息不存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号。
其中，所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组包括：所述下行控制信息所在的下行控制信道资源所属的下行控制信道资源组，或根据信令信息确定的与所述下行控制信息存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组。
其中，所述下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号、所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道、所述信道和/或信号的调度信息包括在下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号。
在本发明实施例中，根据所述组信息确定下行控制信道的检测包括以下至少之一：
根据所述组信息中包括的组数确定一个时间单元中检测的下行控制信道的总个数。
根据所述组信息确定检测的下行控制信道的分配。
所述组信息中包括的组数和一个时间单元中检测的下行控制信道的总个数成正比。
N个下行控制信道资源组中只有M个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道中包括预定信息，其中，所述预定信息包括如下至少之一：调度非周期测量参考信号的信息，指示时隙格式指示(SFI，Slot Format Indicator)的指示信息，指示BWP切换的信息；其中，M为小于N且大于或等于1的整数，N为大于1的整数。
在X个下行控制信道资源组占有的资源之间交集非空的情况下，包括如下之一：检测Y个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道；在所述交集部分检测 Y个下行控制信道资源组的下行控制信道；检测X个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道；其中，不同所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道的加扰序列不同，其中，Y是小于X且大于或者等于1的整数，X是大于1的整数。
在本发明实施例中，根据所述组信息确定B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数包括如下之一：
所述组信息中包括的组数和所述不同准共址参考信号的最大个数之间成正比；所述组信息中包括的组数大于或者等于所述不同准共址参考信号的最大个数。
在本发明实施例中，根据所述组信息确定占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数包括如下之一：
所述组信息包括的组数和所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数之间成正比；所述组信息包括的组数大于或者等于所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数。
在本发明实施例中，根据组信息确定所述组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系包括以下至少之一：
所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取。
所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号，根据所述上行信号的空间关系信息中包括的参考信号获取。
所述上行信号通过所述天线组中的天线发送。
传输信令信息，所述信令信息中包括所述上行信号和所述组信息之间的第八对应关系。
在没有接收到所述上行信号和所述组信息之间的第八对应关系的情况下，一个频域带宽中的所有控制信道资源属于一个控制信道资源组；或只有一个天线组。
在本发明实施例中，上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取，包括如下至少之一：
所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述上行信号所占的时域资源中，与所述上行信号存在对应关系的所述下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，激活的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取；在所述下行控制信道的准共址参考信号更新的情况下，所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器也跟着更新； 所述下行控制信道资源是距离所述上行信号最近的时间单元中，所述下行控制信道资源组中满足预定特征的下行控制信道资源；所述上行信号包括上行控制信道信号。
其中，所述下行控制信道资源组中包括一个或者多个下行控制信道资源。其中，满足预定特征的下行控制信道资源，其中，所述预定特征包括如下至少之一：
特征一：所述下行控制信道资源在所述时间单元中至少关联一个需要检测的搜索空间或候选控制信道；特征二：所述下行控制信道资源的控制信道资源索引是所述下行控制信道资源组中最低索引；特征三：在所述下行控制信道资源中检测到了至少一个下行控制信道；特征四：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度预定信道和/或信号的下行控制信道；其中，所述预定信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：上行控制信道资源，上行控制信道资源中包括的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK对应的物理下行共享信道PDSCH；特征五：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度信道状态信息CSI的下行控制信道；其中，所述CSI包括在所述上行控制信道资源中。
在本发明实施例中，根据所述组信息确定预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，包括如下至少之一：
每个所述下行控制信道资源组中都包括所述预定格式的下行控制信息；多于一个所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对于同一个CC的同一个时域符号的传输方向一致；在一个下行控制信道资源组对应的一个频域带宽的第三类参数集合没有配置的情况下，忽略所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对应所述一个频域带宽的SFI指示；只有一个下行控制信道资源组中发送所述预定格式的下行控制信息。
在本发明实施例中，根据所述组信息确定预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，包括如下至少之一：
每个所述下行控制信道资源组中都包括所述预定格式的下行控制信息；多于一个所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对于同一个CC的同一个时域符号的传输方向一致；在一个下行控制信道资源组对应的一个频域带宽的第三类参数集合没有配置的情况下，忽略所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对应所述一个频域带宽的SFI指示；只有一个下行控制信道资源组中发送所述预定格式的下行控制信息。
在本发明实施例中，确定组信息包括如下至少之一：
关联第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行 控制信道资源组；关联第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的天线属于一个天线组；一个频域带宽中，所述组信息中包括的组数小于或者等于所述第三类参数集合的配置信息的套数；所述第三类参数集合和所述第四类参数集合中包括的参数类型的差集非空；L个频域带宽中关联的第三类参数集合的配置信息套索引相同的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组，其中，L是大于或者等于1的正整数；其中，配置信息索引也可以称为第三类参数集合的配置信息套索引或集合索引；根据信令信息确定所述组信息；在没有接收到所述组信息划分的信令信息的情况下，只有一个组或一个频域带宽中的所有下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组；天线组包括接收天线组或发送天线组。
在本发明实施例中，所述第四类参数集合和/或所述第三类参数集合包括如下参数中的至少之一：
进程号集合信息，上行控制信道资源集合信息，解调参考信号端口集合信息，解调参考信号信息，准共址参考信号集合信息，传输配置指示状态列表信息，下行数据信道信息，上行数据信道信息，上行控制信道信息，预编码资源粒度物理资源块PRB捆绑大小信息，速率匹配信息，载波指示信息，测量参考信号信息，加扰序列的产生参数，时间提前量TA信息，控制信道的端口信息，时域资源分配参数，频域资源分配参数，非周期测量参考信号信息，功率信息，下行控制信道资源组，上行信号，半持续传输数据信道的配置信息，所述预定格式的下行控制信息的高层配置参数，DCI中预定比特域值和指示内容之间的映射表格信息。
其中，所述DCI中的预定比特域包括用于指示如下信息之一的比特域：TCI，信道状态信息CSI请求信息，探测参考信号SRS请求信息，功率调整信息。
在本发明实施例中，所述确定组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系，包括确定N个组信息和N类信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；其中，所述不同类信道和/或信号和不同所述组信息存在对应关系；其中，所述N类信道和/或信号之间满足如下特征中的至少之一：
第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号占有的资源之间的交集为空；第i类测量参考信号和第j类测量参考信号占有的资源之间的交集非空时，所述第i类测量参考信号和所述第j类测量参考信号对应的参考信号序列不同；在第i类下行测量参考信号和第j类信道和/或信号之间的交集非空时，放弃所述第i类下行测量参考信号对应的信道状态信息上报或在所述第i类下行测量参考信号对应的信道状态信息中包括所述交集信息；属于同一类数据信道的多于一个的数据信道占有的资源之间的交集为空；属于不同类数据信道的多于一个的数据信道占有的资源之间的交集为空或非空；其中，i不等于j，i，j属于{1，2，…， N}，N为大于或者等于2的正整数。
其中，所述第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号占有的资源之间的交集为空，包括如下至少之一：
第i类下行数据信道和第j类非周期—信道状态信息—参考信号(AP-CSI-RS，Aperiodic-Channel State Information-Reference Signal)资源池中的资源之间的交集为空；第i类下行数据信道和第j类控制信道之间的交集为空；第i类解调参考信号和第j类测量参考信号之间的交集为空；第i类AP-CSI-RS和第j类AP-CSI-RS之间的交集为空；第i类上行数据信道和第j类非周期SRS资源池中的资源之间的交集非空；第i类非周期探测参考信号SRS资源池和第j类非周期SRS资源池之间的交集为空。
其中，所述交集为空包括如下之一：基站给终端配置的第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号两类信号占有的资源的交集不能为非空；基站给终端配置的第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号两类信号占有的资源的交集非空时，只能传输其中一类信道和/或信号；基站给终端配置的第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号两类信号占有的资源的交集非空时，其中，一类信道和/或信号在所述交集上做速率匹配，即两类信道和/或信号都传输，只是在所述交集部分只传输其中一类信道和/或信号。
本发明另一个实施例提出了一种信息确定装置，包括：
第三确定模块，用于确定组信息，根据所述组信息确定第三信息；或者根据所述第三信息确定所述组信息；其中，所述组信息包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组信息、天线组信息、测量参考信号资源组信息。
其中，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：
所述组信息和和第四类参数集合之间的第七对应关系；信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息，其中，调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道和所述信道和/或信号之间的时间间隔小于预定阈值；上行控制信息的合并；上行控制信息所在的上行信道；一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号；下行控制信道的检测；占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数；占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数；组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，其中，所述预定格式包括DCI2_0，DCI2_1，DCI2_2，DCI2_3中的一种或多种；其中，所述B，H是大于1的正整数。
在本发明实施例中，下行控制信道资源组中包括一个或多个下行控制信道 资源。本文也不排除一种实施方式，在所述实施方式中，每个下行控制信道资源组中只包括一个下行控制信道资源，即一个下行控制信道资源就是一个下行控制信道资源组。本实施例也不排除不同下行控制信道资源组中包括的下行控制信道资源的个数不同的情况下。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用以下至少之一方式实现根据组信息确定第七对应关系，或者根据第七对应关系确定组信息：
关联所述组信息相同的信道和/或信号对应同一套第四类参数集合；或者关联所述相同组信息且属于一个频域带宽的信道和/或信号对应同一套所述第四类参数集合的配置信息。
关联所述组信息不同的信道和/或信号对应所述第四类参数集合的不同套配置信息；或者关联所述不同组信息且属于一个频域带宽的信道和/或信号对应所述一个频域带宽中所述第四类参数集合的不同套配置信息。
确定一个频域带宽中的C个所述组信息和第四类参数集合的C套配置信息之间的关联关系。
所述组信息中包括的组数与所述第四类参数集合的配置信息套数相同。
所述第四类参数集合中的第二套配置信息中预定类参数的值根据所述第四类参数集合中的第一套配置信息中预定类参数的值获取；其中，所述预定类参数包括一类或多类参数，所述第二套配置信息中没有配置预定类参数的值，所述第一套配置信息中配置了所述预定类参数的值，所述C为大于或等于1的正整数。
其中，所述信道和/或信号关联一个下行控制信道资源组包括如下至少之一：调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道属于所述一个下行控制信道资源组；所述信道和/或信号的所述第四类参数集合由所述一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道发送；所述信道和/或信号的调度信息包括在下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用以下方式实现所述根据下行控制信道资源组确定信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息：
根据调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道所在的下行控制信道资源组中，距离所述信道和/或信号最近的时间单元中，具有预定下行控制信道资源索引的准共址参考信号集合，获取所述信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用以下至少之一方式实现根据所述组信息确定上行控制信息的合并，或者根据上行控制信息的合并确定组信息：
关联同一个所述组信息的E个上行控制信息合并到一个上行信道资源中发送；其中，所述上行信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源(如PUCCH)、上行数据信道资源(如PUSCH)。
关联不同所述组信息的F个上行控制信息占有的上行信道资源的交集为空。
其中，所述E，F为大于1的正整数，所述E个上行控制信息需要在相同的时间单元反馈，和/或所述E个上行控制信息对应的E个上行信道资源之间的交集非空。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用以下至少之一方式实现根据所述组信息确定上行控制信息所在的上行信道：
在所述上行控制信息和所述上行信道关联同一个所述组信息时，所述上行控制信息在所述上行信道中发送。
在所述上行控制信息和所述上行信道关联不同的所述组信息时，所述上行控制信息不能在所述上行信道中发送。
一个上行控制信息的上报资源包括关联不同组信息的多于一个的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源；或者，一个上行控制信息的上报资源包括一个带宽部分BWP中关联不同组信息的多于一个的PUCCH资源。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用以下至少之一方式实现所述根据下行控制信道资源组信息确定一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号范围：
一个下行控制信息中包括的信息适用于与所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号；一个下行控制信息中包括的信息不适用于与所述下行控制信息不存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号。
其中，所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组包括：所述下行控制信息所在的下行控制信道资源所属的下行控制信道资源组，或根据信令信息确定的与所述下行控制信息存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组。
其中，所述下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号、所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道、所述信道和/或信号的调度信息包括在下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用以下至少之一方式实现根据所述组信息确定下行控制信道的检测：
根据所述组信息中包括的组数确定一个时间单元中检测的下行控制信道的总个数。
根据所述组信息确定检测的下行控制信道的分配。
所述组信息中包括的组数和一个时间单元中检测的下行控制信道的总个数成正比。
N个下行控制信道资源组中只有M个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道中包括预定信息，其中，所述预定信息包括如下至少之一：调度非周期测量参考信号的信息，指示时隙格式指示(SFI，Slot Format Indicator)的指示信息，指示BWP切换的信息；其中，M为小于N且大于或等于1的整数，N为大于1的整数。
在X个下行控制信道资源组占有的资源之间交集非空的情况下，包括如下之一：检测Y个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道；在所述交集部分检测Y个下行控制信道资源组的下行控制信道；检测X个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道；其中，不同所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道的加扰序列不同，其中，Y是小于X且大于或者等于1的整数，X是大于1的整数。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用如下之一方式实现根据所述组信息确定B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数：
所述组信息中包括的组数和所述不同准共址参考信号的最大个数之间成正比；所述组信息中包括的组数大于或者等于所述不同准共址参考信号的最大个数。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用如下之一方式实现根据所述组信息确定占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数：
所述组信息包括的组数和所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数之间成正比；所述组信息包括的组数大于或者等于所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用如下至少之一方式实现根据组信息确定所述组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系：
所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取。
所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中 的准共址参考信号，根据所述上行信号的空间关系信息中包括的参考信号获取。
所述上行信号通过所述天线组中的天线发送。
传输信令信息，所述信令信息中包括所述上行信号和所述组信息之间的第八对应关系。
在没有接收到所述上行信号和所述组信息之间的第八对应关系的情况下，一个频域带宽中的所有控制信道资源属于一个控制信道资源组；或只有一个天线组。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用如下至少之一方式实现上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取：
所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述上行信号所占的时域资源中，与所述上行信号存在对应关系的所述下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，激活的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取；在所述下行控制信道的准共址参考信号更新的情况下，所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器也跟着更新；所述下行控制信道资源是距离所述上行信号最近的时间单元中，所述下行控制信道资源组中满足预定特征的下行控制信道资源；所述上行信号包括上行控制信道信号。
其中，所述下行控制信道资源组中包括一个或者多个下行控制信道资源。
其中，满足预定特征的下行控制信道资源，其中，所述预定特征包括如下至少之一：
特征一：所述下行控制信道资源在所述时间单元中至少关联一个需要检测的搜索空间或候选控制信道；特征二：所述下行控制信道资源的控制信道资源索引是所述下行控制信道资源组中最低索引；特征三：在所述下行控制信道资源中检测到了至少一个下行控制信道；特征四：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度预定信道和/或信号的下行控制信道；其中，所述预定信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：上行控制信道资源，上行控制信道资源中包括的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK对应的物理下行共享信道PDSCH；特征五：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度信道状态信息CSI的下行控制信道；其中，所述CSI包括在所述上行控制信道资源中。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用如下至少之一方式实现根据所述组信息确定预定格式的下行控制信息的检测：
每个所述下行控制信道资源组中都包括所述预定格式的下行控制信息；多于一个所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对于同一个CC的同一个时 域符号的传输方向一致；在一个下行控制信道资源组对应的一个频域带宽的第三类参数集合没有配置的情况下，忽略所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对应所述一个频域带宽的SFI指示；只有一个下行控制信道资源组中发送所述预定格式的下行控制信息。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用如下至少之一方式实现根据所述组信息确定预定格式的下行控制信息的检测：
每个所述下行控制信道资源组中都包括所述预定格式的下行控制信息；多于一个所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对于同一个CC的同一个时域符号的传输方向一致；在一个下行控制信道资源组对应的一个频域带宽的第三类参数集合没有配置的情况下，忽略所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对应所述一个频域带宽的SFI指示；只有一个下行控制信道资源组中发送所述预定格式的下行控制信息。
在本发明实施例中，第三确定模块具体用于采用以下至少之一方式实现所述确定组信息：
关联第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组；关联第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的天线属于一个天线组；一个频域带宽中，所述组信息中包括的组数小于或者等于所述第三类参数集合的配置信息的套数；所述第三类参数集合和所述第四类参数集合中包括的参数类型的差集非空；L个频域带宽中关联的第三类参数集合的配置信息套索引相同的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组，其中，L是大于或者等于1的正整数；其中，配置信息索引也可以称为第三类参数集合的配置信息套索引或集合索引；根据信令信息确定所述组信息；在没有接收到所述组信息划分的信令信息的情况下，只有一个组或一个频域带宽中的所有下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组；天线组包括接收天线组或发送天线组。
在本发明实施例中，所述第四类参数集合和/或所述第三类参数集合包括如下参数中的至少之一：
进程号集合信息，上行控制信道资源集合信息，解调参考信号端口集合信息，解调参考信号信息，准共址参考信号集合信息，传输配置指示状态列表信息，下行数据信道信息，上行数据信道信息，上行控制信道信息，预编码资源粒度物理资源块PRB捆绑大小信息，速率匹配信息，载波指示信息，测量参考信号信息，加扰序列的产生参数，时间提前量TA信息，控制信道的端口信息，时域资源分配参数，频域资源分配参数，非周期测量参考信号信息，功率信息，下行控制信道资源组，上行信号，半持续传输数据信道的配置信息，所述预定格式的下行控制信息的高层配置参数，DCI中预定比特域值和指示内容之间的 映射表格信息；
其中，所述DCI中的预定比特域包括用于指示如下信息之一的比特域：TCI，信道状态信息CSI请求信息，探测参考信号SRS请求信息，功率调整信息。
在本发明实施例中，所述确定组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系，包括确定N个组信息和N类信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；其中，所述不同类信道和/或信号和不同所述组信息存在对应关系；其中，所述N类信道和/或信号之间满足如下特征中的至少之一：
第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号占有的资源之间的交集为空；第i类测量参考信号和第j类测量参考信号占有的资源之间的交集非空时，所述第i类测量参考信号和所述第j类测量参考信号对应的参考信号序列不同；在第i类下行测量参考信号和第j类信道和/或信号之间的交集非空时，放弃所述第i类下行测量参考信号对应的信道状态信息上报或在所述第i类下行测量参考信号对应的信道状态信息中包括所述交集信息；属于同一类数据信道的多于一个的数据信道占有的资源之间的交集为空；属于不同类数据信道的多于一个的数据信道占有的资源之间的交集为空或非空；其中，i不等于j，i，j属于{1，2，…，N}，N为大于或者等于2的正整数。
其中，所述第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号占有的资源之间的交集为空，包括如下至少之一：
第i类下行数据信道和第j类非周期—信道状态信息—参考信号AP-CSI-RS资源池中的资源之间的交集为空；第i类下行数据信道和第j类控制信道之间的交集为空；第i类解调参考信号和第j类测量参考信号之间的交集为空；第i类AP-CSI-RS和第j类AP-CSI-RS之间的交集为空；第i类上行数据信道和第j类非周期SRS资源池中的资源之间的交集为空；第i类非周期探测参考信号SRS资源池和第j类非周期SRS资源池之间的交集为空。
其中，所述交集为空包括如下之一：基站给终端配置的第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号两类信号占有的资源的交集不能为非空；基站给终端配置的第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号两类信号占有的资源的交集非空时，只能传输其中一类信道和/或信号；基站给终端配置的第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号两类信号占有的资源的交集非空时，其中，一类信道和/或信号在所述交集上做速率匹配，即两类信道和/或信号都传输，只是在所述交集部分只传输其中一类信道和/或信号。
上述信息确定装置的实现过程与前述实施例信息确定方法的实现过程相同，这里不再赘述。
本发明另一个实施例提出了一种信息确定装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现上述任一种信息确定方法。
本发明另一个实施例提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一种信息确定方法。
实施例3
在本实施例中，讲述下行控制信道资源组的确定方法，包括根据下行控制信道资源和第三类参数集合之间的关联关系，确定下行控制信道资源组；
一实施例中，关联所述第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于同一个下行控制信道资源组。比如一个BWP中有3个CORESET，CORESET0和CORESET1和PDSCH-config0关联，CORESET3和CORESET4和PDSCH-config1关联，则{CORESET0，CORESET1}属于下行控制信道资源组1，{CORESET3，CORESET4}属于下行控制信道资源组2。上述第三类参数集合为PDSCH-config中包括的PDSCH的信息。本实施例也不排除第三类参数集合包括其他的参数类型。
一实施例中，关联同一个频域带宽中的所述第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于同一个下行控制信道资源组。或者多个CC中的关联的所述第三类参数集合的配置信息索引(即配置信息套索引)相同的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组，比如CC1中的{CORESET0，CORESET1}和CC1中的PDSCH-config0关联，CC1中的{CORESET3，CORESET4}和CC1中的PDSCH-config1关联；CC2中的{CORESET1，CORESET2}和CC2中的PDSCH-config0关联，CC1中的{CORESET0}和CC2中的PDSCH-config0关联，则下行控制信道资源组0包括{CC1中的(CORESET0，CORESET1)，CC2中的(CORESET1，CORESET2)}，因为他们都关联各自CC中的PDSCH-config套索引0。下行控制信道资源组1包括{CC1中的(CORESET3，CORESET4)，CC2中的(CORESET0)}，因为他们都关联各自CC中的PDSCH-config套索引1。
一实施例中，根据所述确定的下行控制信道资源组确定第三信息，其中，所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：下行控制信道资源组和第四类参数集合之间的对应关系；信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息，其中，调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道和所述信道和/或信号之间的时间间隔小于预定阈值；上行控制信息(UCI，Uplink Control Information)的合并；UCI所在的上行信道；一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号；检测的候选控制信道；占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考 信号的最大个数；占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数；组信息和上行信号之间的第八对应关系；预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，其中，所述预定格式包括DCI2_0，DCI2_1，DCI2_2，DCI2_3中的一种或多种；其中，所述B，H是大于1的正整数。本实施例也不排除根据所述下行控制信道资源组获取其他信息，总之可以理解不同的下行控制信道资源组对应不同的TRP，不同TRP之间没有理想Backhaul，或者根据上述信息确定下行控制信道资源组。
一实施例中，所述根据确定的下行控制信道资源组确定下行控制信道资源组和第四类参数集合之间的对应关系包括：一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度的信道和/或信号的第四类参数集合根据与一个下行控制信道资源组对应的第三类参数集合的一套配置信息获取。
一实施例中，所述根据所述下行控制信道资源组确定信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息包括：根据调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道所在的下行控制信道资源组中距离所述信道和/或信号最近的时间单元中最低下行控制信道资源索引的准共址参考信号集合，获取所述信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息。
一实施例中，根据下行控制信道资源组确定UCI的合并包括：关联同一个下行控制信道资源组的UCI合并到一个UCI，在一个PUCCH/PUSCH资源发送，和/或关联不同下行控制信道资源组的UCI不能合并到一个UCI在一个PUCCH/PUSCH资源发送。
一实施例中，根据下行控制信道资源组确定UCI所在的上行信道包括：UCI和PUCCH/PUSCH是关联同一个下行控制信道资源组时，所述UCI可以在PUCCH/PUSCH中发送；所述的UCI合并到一个UCI，在一个PUCCH/PUSCH资源发送，和/或UCI和PUCCH/PUSCH是关联不同下行控制信道资源组时，所述UCI不能在PUCCH/PUSCH中。
一实施例中，根据下行控制信道资源组确定一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号范围，包括：一个下行控制信息中包括的信息适用于与所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号，不适用于与所述下行控制信息不存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号。比如DCI2_0，DCI2_1，DCI2_2，DCI2_3中通知的信息适合于与所述DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3存在对应关系的CORESET组调度的信道和/或信号，或者调度信息包括在CORESET组1中的下行控制信道调度的PDSCH中。或者下行控制信道组1中PDCCH调度的PDSCH中包括MAC-CE(即一种所述下行控制信息)，该MAC-CE命令中通知的信息适合于下行控制信道组1中的下行信道。调度的信道和/或信号。即上述下行控制信息包括如下控制信息中的 一种或多种：DCI，MAC-CE，RRC控制信息。
一实施例中，与所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组包括所述下行控制信息所在的下行控制信道资源所属的下行控制信道资源组。或根据信令信息确定的与所述下行控制信息存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组，比如在信令信息通知DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3/MAC-CE/RRC对应的下行控制信道资源组，比如DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3/MAC-CE/RRC和{CORESET0，CORESET1}对应，则DCI2_0/DCI2_1/DCI2_2/DCI2_3/MAC-CE/RRC中通知的控制信息适合于{CORESET0，CORESET1}调度的信道和/或信号。
一实施例中，所述下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号(PDCCH调度的PDSCH/AP-CSI-RS)、所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道、所述信道和/或信号的调度信息包括在下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号(比如调度周期/半周期/半持续信道和/或信号的MAC-CE/RRC信令包括在PDCCH调度的PDSCH中)。
一实施例中，所述根据确定的下行控制信道资源组确定检测的候选控制信道包括：根据确定的下行控制信道资源组数确定检测的候选控制信道的总个数，比如所述下行控制信道资源组数越多所述检测候选控制信道的总个数越多；根据确定的下行控制信道资源组数确定检测的候选控制信道的分配，比如所述检测的候选控制信道按照比例在所述下行控制信道资源组中分配；下行控制信道资源组数和一个时间单元中检测的候选控制信道的总个数成正比。
一实施例中，所述根据确定的下行控制信道资源组确定占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数包括：所述下行控制信道资源组数和所述准共址参考信号的最大个数之间是正比例的，比如所述准共址参考信号的最大个数小于或者等于所述下行控制信道资源组数。比如落在一个时刻(比如一个时域符号或者一个slot或者时域符号之间的有交集的时域符号，比如不同CC的不同BWP)的信道和/或信号关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号的最大个数不能超过所述下行控制控制信道资源组的个数。比如{PDSCH1，PDCCH1，AP-CSI-RS2，PDSCH2}占有的时域资源之间的交集非空，则{PDSCH1，PDCCH1，AP-CSI-RS2，PDSCH2}中关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数不能超过下行控制信道资源组的个数，比如下行控制信道资源组个数为2，则{PDSCH1关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信号1，PDCCH1关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信号1，AP-CSI-RS2关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信 号2，PDSCH2关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信号2}，如果{PDSCH1关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信号1，PDCCH1关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信号2，AP-CSI-RS2关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信号3，PDSCH2关联空间接收参数的准共址参考信号为参考信号2}，此时{PDSCH1，PDCCH1，AP-CSI-RS2，PDSCH2}中关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号个数为3即{参考信号1，参考信号2，参考信号3}，那{PDSCH1，PDCCH1，AP-CSI-RS2，PDSCH2}占有的时域资源之间的交集就要非空，或者舍弃其中一部分，使得关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的个数等于2，比如舍弃AP-CSI-RS2，则{PDSCH1，PDCCH1，PDSCH2}中关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号个数为2即{参考信号1，参考信号2}。
一实施例中，所述根据确定的下行控制信道资源组确定占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的不同空间发送滤波器最大个数包括：所述下行控制信道资源组数和所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数之间是正比例的，或者所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数小于或者等于所述下行控制信道资源组数。比如同一个时刻发送给不同TRP的信道和/或信号的发送波束可以不同，同一个时刻发送给不同TRP的信道和/或信号的发送波束需要相同。
上述是根据下行控制信道资源组确定第三信息，或者是根据第三信息确定下行控制信息资源组，类似地，也可以根据天线组确定第三信息，或者根据根据第三信息确定天线组。其中，天线组是终端通过能力信息上报的天线组，或者终端通过信道状态信息(CSI，Channel State Information)上报的下行测量参考信号资源组确定。所述天线组包括接收天线组，和/或发送天线组。比如来自不同TRP的下行信号由不同的下行接收天线组接收，来自同一个TRP的下行信号由相同的下行接收天线组接收。发送给不同TRP的上行信号由不同的上行发送天线组发送，发送给同一个TRP的上行信号由相同的行发送天线组发送。不同天线组对应的第三信息不同。
一实施例中，所述第三类参数集合和/或所述第四类参数集合包括如下参数中的至少之一：进程号集合信息，上行控制信道资源集合信息，解调参考信号端口集合信息，解调参考信号信息，准共址参考信号集合信息，传输配置指示状态列表信息，下行数据信道信息，上行数据信道信息，上行控制信道信息，预编码资源粒度物理资源块PRB捆绑大小信息，速率匹配信息，载波指示信息，测量参考信号信息，加扰序列的产生参数，时间提前量TA信息，控制信道的端口信息，时域资源分配参数，频域资源分配参数，非周期测量参考信号信息，功率信息，下行控制信道资源组，上行信号，半持续数据信道配置信息，所述预定格式的下行控制信息的高层配置参数。
一实施例中，所述第三类参数集合和所述第四类参数集合中包括的参数类型之间的差集非空。
实施例4
在本实施例中，基站为终端在一个频域带宽中配置第四类参数集合的A套配置信息，当其中所述第四类参数集合中的一套配置信息中一类或者多类参数没有配置的时候，采用另一套配置信息中配置的所述一个或者多类参数的配置值，其中，A为大于1的正整数。
一实施例中，所述A套配置信息对应A个下行控制信道资源组，所述一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度的信道和/或信号的第四类参数集合中的参数值，根据与下行控制信道资源组存在对应关系的所述第四类参数集合中的一套配置信息确定。
比如基站和终端配置两个PDSCH-config{PDSCH-config0，PDSCH-config1}。当PDSCH-config1中的某些参数基站没有配置的时候，就采用PDSCH-config0中配置的这些参数的配置值。其中，所述第二类参数集合包括所述PDSCH-config中包括的参数值。
一实施例中，所述第四类参数集合包括如下参数中的至少之一：进程号集合信息，上行控制信道资源集合信息，解调参考信号端口集合信息，解调参考信号信息，准共址参考信号集合信息，传输配置指示状态列表(TCIstate list)信息，下行数据信道信息，上行数据信道信息，上行控制信道信息，预编码资源粒度物理资源块(PRB，Physical Resource Block)捆绑大小(PRB bundling size)信息，速率匹配(rate mating)信息，载波指示(Carrier indicator)信息，测量参考信号信息，加扰序列的产生参数，TA信息，控制信道的端口信息，时域资源分配参数，频域资源分配参数，非周期测量参考信号信息，功率信息，下行控制信道资源组，上行信号，半持续传输数据信道的配置信息，所述预定格式的下行控制信息的高层配置参数。也不排除其他的参数信息。
实施例5
在本实施例中，建立下行控制信道资源和上行控制信道资源之间的对应关系，上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器根据与其存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号获取，和/或下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号根据上行控制信道资源的空间关系信息中包括的参考信号获取。
一实施例中，当上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器根据与其存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号获取时，如 果下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号有多个，分别关联不同的准共址参数，规定所述上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器根据与其存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定类准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取，比如所述预定类准共址参数包括空间接收参数。
比如建立PUCCH资源和CORESET之间的对应关系，当通过MAC-CE命令更新了CORESET的传输配置指示(TCI，Transmission Configuration Indicator)(即准共址参考信号集合)的配置信息之后，与所述CORESET存在对应关系的PUCCH资源的空间关系信息也更新，即PUCCH资源的空间发送滤波器根据所述CORESET的更新后的TCI的准共址参考信号集合中关联预定类准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取。
一实施例中，根据PUCCH所在时间单元中，与所述PUCCH资源存在对应关系的CORESET的激活TCI，获取所述PUCCH的空间关系信息。如图8所示，更新CORESET的MAC-CE在slot(n)中的PDSCH中发送，从slot(n+4)开始用所述CORESET的TCI更新为所述MAC-CE命令中包括的TCI(比如TCI2)，在slot(n+4)之前用所述CORESET之前的TCI(比如TCI1)，PUCCH资源在slot(n+1)发送，为此PUCCH资源的空间发送滤波器根据TCI1的准共址参考信号集合中关联预定类准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取。
或者建立上行控制信道资源组和下行控制信道资源组之间的对应关系，上行控制信道资源组中的上行控制信道的空间滤波器根据距离所述上行控制信道资源最近的时间单元中所述下行控制信道资源组中满足预定特征的控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中关联预定类准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取。
一实施例中，所述最近的时间单元中所述下行控制信道资源组中满足预定特征的控制信道资源，所述预定特征包括如下特征中的至少之一：
特征一：所述下行控制信道资源在所述时间单元中至少关联一个需要检测的搜索空间或候选控制信道；特征二：所述下行控制信道资源的控制信道资源索引是所述下行控制信道资源组中最低索引；特征三：在所述下行控制信道资源中检测到了至少一个下行控制信道；特征四：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度预定信道和/或信号的下行控制信道，其中，所述预定信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：所述上行控制信道资源，所述上行控制信道资源中包括的HARQ-ACK对应的PDSCH；特征五：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度信道状态信息(CSI，Channel State Information)的下行控制信道，其中，所述CSI包括在所述上行控制信道资源中。
其中，所述一个上行参考信号的空间关系信息包括一个参考信号，例如，上行参考信号1的空间关系信息包括参考信号2，当参考信号2为上行参考信号 时，表示发送上行参考信号1的空间发送滤波器根据发送上行参考信号2的空间发送滤波器得到；当参考信号2为下行参考信号时，表示发送上行参考信号1的空间发送滤波器根据接收下行参考信号2的空间滤波器得到。所述空间关系信息也可以称为空间滤波参数或空间滤波关系参数，或者空间参数信息，或者其他名称。
上述是上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器根据下行控制信道资源的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取，本实施例也不排除其他上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据下行控制信道资源的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取，其中，所述上行信号包括：上行测量参考信号，上行解调参考信号，上行数据信道信号，调度请求(SR，Scheduling Request)信号，随机接收信号等。
实施例6
在本实施例中，同一时刻的信道和/或信号关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数小于或者等于终端上报的接收天线组数目。其中，终端上报的接收天线组数目可以包括在终端上报的能力信息中，或者通过终端上报的测量参考信号组的最大个数确定。其中，不同测量参考信号组的测量参考信号终端可以同时接收，相同测量参考信号组的测量参考信号终端可能不能同时接收。
一实施例中，同一时刻的信道和/或信号关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数小于或者等于终端侧激活的接收天线组数目。
一实施例中，所述根据确定的下行控制信道资源组确定占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的不同空间发送滤波器最大个数包括：所述下行控制信道资源组数和所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数之间是正比例的，或者所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数小于或者等于所述下行控制信道资源组数。比如同一个时刻发送给不同TRP的信道和/或信号的发送波束可以不同，同一个时刻发送给不同TRP的信道和/或信号的发送波束需要相同。
实施例7
在本实施例中，两个没有理想Backhaul的TRP给同一个UE服务时，DCI2_0(即用于通知时隙个数信息(slot format information)的信息)的发送机制。可以采用如下方案中的一种或多种：
方案1：为各个TRP配置对应的DCI2_0的高层参数，其中，所述DCI2_0的高层参数包括DCI 2_0的如下参数中的至少之一：
参数一：overload负载即DCI2_0中的总信息比特数；参数二：sfi-RNTI即DCI2_0的加扰序列参数；
参数三：SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell列表，这个列表中会包括一个或者多个CC的SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell，在每个CC的SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell中包括这个CC的SFI指示信息在DCI 2_0比特序列中的起始比特索引，一个或者多个(SlotFormatCombination，SlotFormatCombinationsId)组合。一个SlotFormatCombination中包括一个或者多个slot的时隙结构，即一个slot中的下行时域符号集合，灵活时域符号集合，下行时域符号集合信息。
当终端收到基站发送的DCI2_0时，DCI2_0包括(Slot format indicator 1,Slot format indicator 2,…,Slot format indicator N)即N个SFI比特域，终端根据SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell列表找到每个CC的SFI在DCI2_0中的位置，比如一个CC的SFI比特域为上述Slot format indicator 1，则Slot format indicator 1中指示的值即为SlotFormatCombinationsId，进而找到SlotFormatCombinationsId对应的SlotFormatCombination，SlotFormatCombination中包括一个或者多个slot的时隙结构，对应从DCI2_0所在的时隙开始到SlotFormatCombination中包括的多个时隙结束。
由于DCI2_0是组公共控制信息，一个特定的终端在DCI2_0中只需要关注给它配置的CC的SFI域，比如DCI2_0包括上述N个SFI比特域，终端1只需要关注其中的3个SFI域。
通过给不同TRP配置不同的DCI2_0的高层参数，适合不同TRP工作的频域带宽集合(比如CC集合，或BWP集合)不同的场景，不同TRP发送的DCI2_0的目标终端群不同的场景。从而允许两个TRP发送的DCI2_0的比特序列不同。比如TRP1的DCI2_0包括32个SFI域(可以理解是TRP1覆盖下的32个终端，和/或32个终端和CC组合)，而TRP2发送的DCI2_0包括12个SFI域。如图6所示，针对一个UE，两个TRP工作的CC集合不同，TRP1工作在{CC1,CC2,CC3}集合，TRP2工作在{CC2,CC3}集合，这样两个TRP都可以发送DCI2_0，而且只需要保证两个TRP发送的{CC2,CC3}的对于相同时刻的时隙结构一致(即不能出现同一个CC的同一个BWP中一个TRP指示上行符号，另一个TRP指示下行符号)。对于CC1的SFI只有TRP1中发送SFI信息。上述两个TRP发送两个DCI2_0包括两个下行控制信道资源组，每个下行控制信道资源组中都发送DCI2_0。
方案1中是不同下行控制信道资源组(即不同TRP)中发送的DCI2_0的比特序列不同。比如TRP1的DCI2_0包括64比特，8个SFI比特域，{CC1，CC2，CC3}分别对应{1,3,5}SFI域。TRP2的DCI2_0包括128比特，14个SFI比特域，{CC2，CC3}分别对应{6,7}SFI域。或者也可以是两个TRP的DCI2_0对应的参 数一和参数二相同，只是参数三不同。
方案2：在本方案中，两个TRP发送的DCI2_0的上述参数一到参数三相同，但是当一个TRP对应的第三类参数集合在一个CC没有配置的时候，这个TRP中发送的DCI2_0中关于这个CC的SFI信息，终端可以忽略，即这个CC的SFI只听另一个TRP的，比如第三类参数集合为PDSCH-config，PDSCH-config0对应TRP1，PDSCH-config1对应TRP2，如果CC1的激活BWP中只配置了PDSCH-config0没有配置PDSCH-config1，则TRP2发送的DCI2_0中关于CC1的SFI指示域终端可以忽略。CC2，CC3的激活BWP中都配置了PDSCH-config0和PDSCH-config1，则CC2，CC3的SFI需要两个TRP都发，而且要在相同时刻两个TRP发送的{CC2,CC3}的时隙结构一致。上述第三类参数集合为PDSCH-config，本实施例不排除其他的第三类参数集合。
方案3：始终只有一个TRP发送DCI2_0。
方案4：两个TRP都可以发送DCI2_0，当两个TRP的CORESET重叠时，只有其中一个TRP可以发送DCI2_0，即一个slot的SFI根据距离该slot的最近的最低CORESET组中发送的DCI2_0确定。两个TRP发送的DCI2_0要一致。
上述TRP和下行控制信道资源组对应。上述两个TRP发送的DCI2_0要一致包括：两个CORESET中的两个DCI2_0对应同一个CC中的同一个BWP的同一个时域符号不能一个是上行一个是下行。即可以都是上行，都是下行，一个上行一个flexible，或者一个下行一个flexible。
类似地，上述方案1～4也适应于DCI2_1，DCI2_2，DCI2_3的信息通知。
实施例8
在本实施例中，如图3，6，11，12所示，没有理想Backhaul的两个TRP和同一个终端通信。特别是这两个TRP和所述终端通信所在的CC/BWP的交集非空。即两个TRP和所述终端之间的信道和/或信号所在的CC/BWP之间的交集非空。
由于两个TRP之间相对独立调度信号，为此需要考虑两个TRP调度的两个信道和/或信号之间的干扰问题，如图11所述，需要考虑第一类下行信道和/或信号和第二类下行信道和/或信号占有的资源之间的交集非空时，相互之间的干扰。
其中，所述下行信道包括如下至少之一：PDCCH，PDSCH。
所述下行信号包括如下至少之一：同步信号，测量参考信号，解调参考信号。
其中，第一类下行信道和/或信号由TRP1发送，比如由第一控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度，或者所述信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号来自于第一准共址参考信号集合。
其中，第二类下行信道和/或信号由TRP2发送，比如由第二控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度，或者所述信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号来自于第二准共址参考信号集合。
为此可以采用如下方案中的一种或者多种：
方案1：可以通过测量的方式解决PDSCHi和PDSCHj之间的干扰，但是由于每个TRP在其候选波束集合中动态调度PDSCH的波束，可以认为不同的TCI state对应不同的波束，但是两个TRP的候选波束集合之间会出现，有些波束对之间没有干扰，有些波束对之间有干扰。作为基站实现尽量避免干扰波束对之间的调度，在测量的时候给一个CSI-reporting配置一个BWP中的两个PUCCH资源，不同的PUCCH资源发送给不同的TRP，不同的PUCCH资源属于不同的PUCCH资源组，两个TRP收到终端发送的波束测量报告后，通过预定规则在PDSCH调度的时候规避PDSCHi和PDSCHj之间的波束之间的干扰，比如保证相互之间干扰比较大的波束对对应的PDSCH1和PDSCH2占有的资源之间的交集为空。
或者终端检测两个CSI-RS集合相互之间的干扰，在干扰大于预定门限时，给一个或者两个TRP发送报警信息。比如第一CSI-RS集合包括CORESET1中的DCI1的TCI指示域中的8个比特域指示值中每个比特域指示值对应准共址参考信号集合，第二CSI-RS集合包括CORESET2中的DCI2的TCI指示域中的8个比特域指示值中每个比特域指示值对应准共址参考信号集合，TRPi发送的PDSCHi的候选波束来自于CORESETi中的DCIi所述8个候选波束中的其中之一，一个候选波束对应比特域指示值对应准共址参考信号集合。终端测量两个CSI-RS集合(即两个波束集合)中的任意两个波束之间的干扰(比如信号与干扰加噪声比(Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio，SINR))，其中，所述两个波束分别来自于所述两个波束集合。只要有一个波束对应之间的干扰大于预定值(比如SINR低于预定值)，就发送警报信息给一个或者两个TRP。或者终端周期上报如下信息中的至少之一：所述两个波束集合中的波束对之间的最大干扰(比如最小SINR)，最小干扰(比如最大SINR)，最大干扰对应的波束对信息，最小干扰对应的波束对信息，所有波束对对应的SINR信息。
方案2：为了解决PDSCHi和PDCCHj之间的干扰，规定下行控制信道资源组i调度的PDSCHi不能占有下行控制信道资源组j中的控制信道所占的资源，其中，i不等于j。
方案3：为了解决PDCCH和PDCCH之间的干扰，规定下行控制信道资源组i和下行控制信道资源组j对应的资源之间的交集非空时，终端只检测其中一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道。或规定下行控制信道资源组i和下行控制信道资源组j对应的资源之间的交集非空时，两个控制信道资源中的控制信道对应的信道扰码序列参数不同，或者扰码序列不同。其中，i不等于j。
方案4：为了解决PDSCHi和CSI-RSj之间的干扰，可以采用如下方案：
方案4.1：如果PDSCHi和CSI-RSj的资源之间的交集非空，给TRPi上报CSIi的时候，所述CSIi包括一个状态，所述状态包括获取所述CSIi的CSI-RS是否和PDSCHj之间是否有重叠，或者所述重叠的资源个数是否超过预定值，或者当重叠个数超过预定值时，放弃上报CSIi。
方案4.2：PDSCHi避让TRPj的对应的AP-CSI-RSj资源集合中的所有AP-CSI-RSj资源占有的资源。其中，AP-CSI-RSj资源集合包括CORESETj中DCI中的CSI请求资源比特域中的每个比特域值对应的AP-CSI-RS资源，即PDSCHi不能占有所有可能的AP-CSI-RSj中的资源。
方案4.3：AP-CSI-RSi和PDSCHj的潜在TCI state pool(即CORESETj中的DCIj对应的TCI比特域中的所有比特域值对应的准共址参考信号集合)中的任意一个之间都不存在QCL关系/不对应同一个接收panel。
方案4.4：终端不希望收到DMRSi和AP-CSI-RSj占有相同的时频资源。
方案5：为了解决AP-CSI-RSi和AP-CSI-RSj之间的干扰，可以采用如下规定：
规定1：两个AP-CSI-RS碰撞之后不进行上报。
规定2：两个AP-CSI-RS的加扰序列不同。
规定3：两个AP-CSI-RS占有的时频资源没有交集。
规定4：两个AP-CSI-RS资源不能同时接收的时候，按照优先级确定。
方案6：为了解决AP-CSI-RSi/SRSi和信道和/或信号j之间的干扰问题，可以采用如下方案：
两个控制信道资源组中只有一个控制信道组中可以调度AP-CSI-RS.和/或两个控制信道资源组中只有一个控制信道组中可以调度SRS
方案7：为了解决上行信道和/或信号i和上行信道和/或信号j之间的干扰，可以采用如下规定：
规定1：上行信道和/或信号i和上行信道和/或信号j的资源之间的交集为空。
规定2：上行信道和/或信号i和上行信道和/或信号j的资源之间的交集非空时，按照优先级只发送其中之一。
上述描述中，如图11～12所示，信道和/或信号i对应TRPi，i不等于j，信道和/或信号i由控制信道资源组i中的控制信道调度。
本发明实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输方法，能够减少信令开销。
参见图9，本发明另一个实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输方法，包括：
步骤900、传输第一信令信息，其中，所述第一信令信息中包括如下信息：上行控制信道资源组对应的一个空间关系信息，空间关系信息列表。
在本发明实施例中，第一信令信息为高层信令信息，如RRC信令。
在本发明另一个实施例中，该方法还包括以下至少之一：
步骤901、根据第二信令信息将所述上行控制信道资源组的空间关系信息更新为新空间关系信息；其中，所述第二信令信息中包括如下信息：所述新空间关系信息，所述上行控制信道资源组的组索引或所述上行控制信道资源组对应的旧空间关系信息。
步骤902、根据所述第三信令信息激活一个或者多个上行控制信道资源的空间关系信息；其中，所述第三信令信息中包括一个或者多个上行控制信道资源索引信息和所述一个或者多个上行控制信道资源的空间关系信息更新信息。
在本发明实施例中，所述第二信令信息包括以下至少之一：中间接入控制—控制元素MAC-CE信令信息，下行控制信息DCI信令信息。
所述第三信令信息包括以下至少之一：MAC-CE信令信息，DCI信令信息。
参见图10，本发明另一个实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输装置，包括：
第四确定模块1001，用于传输第一信令信息，其中，所述第一信令信息中包括如下信息：上行控制信道资源组对应的一个空间关系信息，空间关系信息列表。
在本发明另一个实施例中，还包括：
空间关系更新模块1002，用于执行以下至少之一：
根据第二信令信息将所述上行控制信道资源组的空间关系信息更新为新空间关系信息；其中，所述第二信令信息中包括如下信息：所述新空间关系信息，所述上行控制信道资源组的组索引或所述上行控制信道资源组对应的旧空间关系信息。
根据所述第三信令信息激活一个或者多个上行控制信道资源的空间关系信 息；其中，所述第三信令信息中包括一个或者多个上行控制信道资源索引信息和所述一个或者多个上行控制信道资源的空间关系信息更新信息。
其中，所述第一信令信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令信息。
所述第二信令信息包括以下至少之一：中间接入控制—控制元素MAC-CE信令信息，下行控制信息DCI信令信息。
所述第三信令信息包括以下至少之一：MAC-CE信令信息，DCI信令信息。
本发明另一个实施例提供了一种信令信息的传输装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现上述任一种信令信息的传输方法。
本发明另一个实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一种信令信息的传输方法。
实施例9
在本实施例中，RRC信令为一个或者多个PUCCH资源配置一个空间关系信息，PUCCH-config中还可以包括空间关系信息列表，可以通过中间接入控制—控制元素(MAC-CE，Medium Access Control-Control Element)命令或DCI更新所述PUCCH资源组的空间关系是空间关系列表中的哪一个空间关系。
从而使得当PUCCH-config中的空间关系列表中包括多个空间关系的情况下，不用每个PUCCH资源都用MAC-CE命令更新。使得基站想更新就更新，不想更新的时候就不同MAC-CE命令更新每个PUCCH资源的空间关系，节省MAC-CE命令，提高基站的实现灵活度。
一实施例中，RRC信令(即所述第一信令信息)中通知的空间关系信息中参考信号相同的PUCCH构成一个PUCCH资源组，在MAC-CE(即所述第二信令信息)中携带新空间关系信息与PUCCH资源组信息，使得PUCCH资源组中的所有PUCCH资源的空间信息更新为新空间关系信息对应的空间关系。其中，PUCCH资源组信息可以为PUCCH资源组索引信息，也可以是旧空间关系信息，空间关系为旧空间关系的PUCCH资源构成所述PUCCH资源组。
一实施例中，MAC-CE命令(即所述第三信令信息)还可以更新一个或者多个PUCCH资源的空间关系信息，比如所述MAC-CE命令中通知一个或者多个PUCCH资源索引信息(比如通过bitmap的方式通知所述一个或者多个PUCCH资源索引，或者包括每个PUCCH资源的索引)和空间关系信息。
一实施例中，终端收到这个MAC-CE命令后(即所述第三信令信息)，就可以重新确定PUCCH资源组，即RRC信令通知的PUCCH资源组，可以通过 所述第三信令信息重新划分PUCCH资源组，其中，空间关系信息中参考信号相同的PUCCH构成一个PUCCH资源组。比如RRC信令通知了3个PUCCH资源组，第三信令信息后，可能形成了多于3个的PUCCH资源组。或者通过第二信令信息之后，形成了2个PUCCH资源组。
上文中所公开方法中的全部或某些步骤、系统、装置中的功能模块/单元可以被实施为软件、固件、硬件及其适当的组合。在硬件实施方式中，在以上描述中提及的功能模块/单元之间的划分不一定对应于物理组件的划分；例如，一个物理组件可以具有多个功能，或者一个功能或步骤可以由若干物理组件合作执行。某些组件或所有组件可以被实施为由处理器，如数字信号处理器或微处理器执行的软件，或者被实施为硬件，或者被实施为集成电路，如专用集成电路。这样的软件可以分布在计算机可读介质上，计算机可读介质可以包括计算机存储介质(或非暂时性介质)和通信介质(或暂时性介质)。术语计算机存储介质包括在用于存储信息(诸如计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序模块或其他数据)的任何方法或技术中实施的易失性和非易失性、可移除和不可移除介质。计算机存储介质包括但不限于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、带电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，EEPROM)、闪存或其他存储器技术、光盘只读存储器(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory，CD-ROM)、数字多功能盘(Digital Video Disc，DVD)或其他光盘存储、磁盒、磁带、磁盘存储或其他磁存储装置、或者可以用于存储期望的信息并且可以被计算机访问的任何其他的介质。此外，通信介质通常包含计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序模块或者诸如载波或其他传输机制之类的调制数据信号中的其他数据，并且可包括任何信息递送介质。

Claims (48)

  1. 一种信息传输方法，包括：
    确定待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；
    根据确定的第二信息确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本；
    传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本；
    其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，在所述第二信息包括频域带宽集合的情况下，根据如下至少之一确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息：
    所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源，及控制信道资源和频域带宽集合之间的第一对应关系；
    所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源所属的控制信道资源组，及控制信道资源组和频域带宽集合之间的第二对应关系；
    HARQ-ACK码本和频域带宽集合之间的第三对应关系；
    频域带宽中第一类参数集合的配置情况；
    一个频域带宽组中处于激活状态的频域带宽；
    其中，所述控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，在根据频域带宽中第一类参数集合的配置情况确定待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合的情况下，所述频域带宽集合中的频域带宽满足如下特征中的至少之一：
    所述频域带宽中配置了所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息；
    所述频域带宽处于激活状态；
    所述频域带宽属于一个频域带宽组。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，在所述频域带宽包括成员载波CC的情况下，所述CC中配置了所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息包括如下之一：
    所述CC中的一个BWP中配置了所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所 述第一类参数集合的配置信息；
    所述CC中处于激活状态的BWP中配置了所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集合的配置信息。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息和所述高层信令中的至少之一包括以下至少之一：
    物理下行共享信道PDSCH和PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK码本所在的资源之间的时间间隔集合；
    PDSCH所在的时域资源集合；
    时隙结构信息；
    一个传输块TB中包括的码块组CBG的最大个数；
    一个PDSCH的两个TB或码字CW对应的HARQ-ACK反馈比特是否做捆绑Bundle操作；
    一个PDSCH中包括的TB或CW的最大个数；
    用于获取所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的候选PDSCH集合的信息；
    用于获取所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本中包括的HARQ-ACK比特数目的信息；
    PDSCH的时域重复因子；
    半持续传输PDSCH的参数。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述确定待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息包括：
    确定N类HARQ-ACK码本和N套第二信息之间的第四对应关系；
    根据所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本所属的所述N类HARQ-ACK码本的类型，确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；
    其中，N为大于或者等于2的整数。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，
    根据以下信息中的至少之一确定所述第四对应关系：
    一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的控制信道资源所属的控制信道资源组，及控制信道资源组和一套第二信息之间的第五对应关系；
    一类HARQ-ACK码本和一套第二信息之间的第六对应关系；
    一类HARQ-ACK码本中包括的HARQ-ACK码本对应的PDSCH的业务类 型；
    其中，所述一类HARQ-ACK码本属于所述N类HARQ-ACK码本；
    所述控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、下行控制信道资源。
  8. 根据权利要求2或7所述的方法，其中，所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的下行控制信道资源包括以下至少之一：
    调度所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的PDSCH的下行控制信道资源；
    调度所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源的下行控制信道资源；
    发送所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第二信息的下行控制信道资源。
  9. 根据权利要求2或6或7所述的方法，其中，确定第i对应关系包括：
    传输信令信息，所述信令信息包括所述第i对应关系；
    其中，i为一、二、三、四、五、六中的至少之一。
  10. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本满足如下特征中的至少之一：
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道落在相同的时间单元；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源之间的交集为空；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的物理上行控制信道PUCCH资源分别属于不同的PUCCH资源组；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本关联不同的组标识；其中，所述不同的组标识用于表示以下至少之一：不同的通信节点、不同的通信节点发送的信道、不同的通信节点发送的信号；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本所在的上行信道资源位于同一个上行频域带宽；
    一类HARQ-ACK码本在一个时间单元中包括M个HARQ-ACK码本，其中，M为大于或者等于1的整数；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中每一类HARQ-ACK码本对应一套第二信息；
    至少存在两类HARQ-ACK码本，所述两类HARQ-ACK码本对应的两套第二信息之间的差值非0或差集非空；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本包括类型type-I HARQ-ACK码本；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本对应N类PDSCH；
    所述N类HARQ-ACK码本对应N个控制信道资源组。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，所述N类PDSCH满足如下特征中的至少之一：
    所述N类PDSCH包括位于相同的频域带宽的PDSCH；
    所述N类PDSCH包括位于相同的时间单元中的PDSCH；
    所述N类PDSCH所占的资源之间的交集非空；
    所述N类PDSCH中不同类PDSCH由不同的下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；
    同一类PDSCH由同一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道调度；
    属于同一类PDSCH中多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空；
    属于不同类PDSCH中多于一个的PDSCH占有的资源之间的交集为空或非空。
  12. 根据权利要求2或10或11所述的方法，其中，所述下行控制信道资源组满足如下特征之一：
    关联所述第一类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组；
    至少一个频域带宽中，关联所述第一类参数集合的套索引相同的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组；其中，所述至少一个频域带宽中配置了关联相同套索引的第一类参数集合；
    在没有收到所述下行控制信道资源组的划分信令信息的情况下，只有一个下行控制信道资源组。
  13. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本满足以下特征中的至少之一：
    在第一频域带宽中所述第一类参数集合的配置套数有P套的情况下，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中的P类HARQ-ACK码本中包括所述第一频域带宽中PDSCH的HARQ-ACK比特；
    在第二频域带宽中所述第一类参数集合的配置套数有P套且P小于N的情况下，所述N类HARQ-ACK码本中的Q类HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合和所述第二频域带宽之间的交集为空集；
    在第三频域带宽中不包括一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的所述第一类参数集 合的配置信息的情况下，所述一类HARQ-ACK码本对应的频域带宽集合和所述第三频域带宽之间的交集为空集；
    其中，P和Q均为小于或者等于N的非负整数，或Q等于N减去P。
  14. 根据权利要求2或3或4或12或13所述的方法，其中，所述第一类参数集合中包括如下参数信息中的至少之一：
    进程号集合信息、下行数据信道信息、解调参考信号信息、准共址参考信号信息、传输配置指示状态TCI state列表信息、上行数据信道信息、上行控制信道资源组、速率匹配信息、测量参考信号信息、加扰序列的产生参数、时间提前量信息、非周期测量参考信号信息、功率信息、下行控制信道资源组、半持续传输的下行数据信道信息、所述第一信息、下行控制信息DCI中预定比特域值和指示内容之间的映射表格信息；
    其中，所述DCI中的预定比特域包括用于指示如下信息之一的比特域：TCI、信道状态信息CSI请求信息、探测参考信号SRS请求信息、功率调整信息。
  15. 根据权利要求1～13中的任一项所述的方法，其中，所述频域带宽包括以下至少之一：CC、带宽部分BWP、物理资源块集合。
  16. 根据权利要求1～13中的任一项所述的方法，其中，所述确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本包括如下至少之一：
    确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本包括的HARQ-ACK比特数目；
    确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本中的HARQ-ACK比特对应的TB或CBG或PDSCH。
  17. 一种信息传输装置，包括：
    第一确定模块，设置为确定待传输的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK码本对应的第二信息；
    第二确定模块，设置为根据确定的第二信息确定所述待传输的HARQ-ACK码本；
    码本传输模块，设置为传输确定的HARQ-ACK码本；
    其中，所述第二信息包括以下至少之一：频域带宽集合、第一信息、高层信令信息。
  18. 一种信息传输装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现如权利要求1～16中任一项所述的信息传输方法。
  19. 一种信息确定方法，包括：
    确定组信息，根据所述组信息确定第三信息；或者根据第三信息确定组信息；
    其中，所述组信息包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组信息、天线组信息、测量参考信号资源组信息；
    所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：
    所述组信息和第四类参数集合之间的第七对应关系；
    信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息，其中，调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道和所述信道和/或信号之间的时间间隔小于预定阈值；
    上行控制信息的合并；
    上行控制信息所在的上行信道；
    一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号；
    下行控制信道的检测；
    占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数；
    占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数；
    组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；
    预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，其中，所述预定格式包括下行控制信息DCI2_0、DCI2_1、DCI2_2、DCI2_3中的至少一种；
    其中，B和H均是大于1的整数。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括所述组信息和第四类参数集合之间的第七对应关系的情况下，所述根据组信息确定第三信息，或者所述根据第三信息确定组信息包括如下至少之一：
    关联所述组信息相同的信道和/或信号对应同一套第四类参数集合；或者关联相同组信息且属于一个频域带宽的信道和/或信号对应同一套第四类参数集合的配置信息；
    关联所述组信息不同的信道和/或信号对应第四类参数集合的不同套配置信息；或者关联不同组信息且属于一个频域带宽的信道和/或信号对应所述一个频域带宽中第四类参数集合的不同套配置信息；
    确定一个频域带宽中的C个组信息和第四类参数集合的C套配置信息之间的关联关系；
    所述组信息中包括的组数与所述第四类参数集合的配置信息套数相同；
    所述第四类参数集合中的第二套配置信息中预定类参数的值根据所述第四类参数集合中的第一套配置信息中所述预定类参数的值获取；其中，所述预定类参数包括至少一类参数，所述第二套配置信息中没有配置所述预定类参数的值，所述第一套配置信息中配置了所述预定类参数的值，C为大于或等于1的整数；
    所述信道和/或信号关联一个下行控制信道资源组包括如下至少之一：调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道属于所述一个下行控制信道资源组；所述信道和/或信号的所述第四类参数集合由所述一个下行控制信道资源组中的控制信道发送；所述信道和/或信号的调度信息包括在下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括上行控制信息的合并的情况下，所述根据所述组信息确定第三信息，或者所述根据第三信息确定组信息包括如下至少之一：
    关联同一个组信息的E个上行控制信息合并到一个上行信道资源中发送；其中，所述上行信道资源包括以下至少之一：上行控制信道资源、上行数据信道资源；
    关联不同组信息的F个上行控制信息占有的上行信道资源的交集为空；
    其中，E和F均为大于1的整数；
    所述E个上行控制信息满足以下特征中的至少之一：
    所述E个上行控制信息在相同的时间单元反馈；
    所述E个上行控制信息对应的E个上行信道资源之间的交集非空。
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括上行控制信息所在的上行信道的情况下，所述根据所述组信息确定第三信息包括以下至少之一：
    在所述上行控制信息和所述上行信道关联同一个组信息的情况下，所述上行控制信息在所述上行信道中发送；
    在所述上行控制信息和所述上行信道关联不同的组信息的情况下，所述上行控制信息不能在所述上行信道中发送；
    一个上行控制信息的上报资源包括关联不同组信息的多于一个的物理上行 控制信道PUCCH资源；或者，一个上行控制信息的上报资源包括一个带宽部分BWP中关联不同组信息的多于一个的PUCCH资源。
  23. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述组信息包括下行控制信道资源组信息，所述第三信息包括一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号的情况下，所述根据所述组信息确定第三信息包括以下至少之一：
    一个下行控制信息中包括的信息适用于与所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号；
    一个下行控制信息中包括的信息不适用于与所述下行控制信息不存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号；
    其中，所述下行控制信息对应的下行控制信道资源组包括：所述下行控制信息所在的下行控制信道资源所属的下行控制信道资源组，或根据信令信息确定的与所述下行控制信息存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源组；
    所述下行控制信道资源组对应的信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号、所述下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道、所述信道和/或信号的调度信息包括在下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道调度的信道和/或信号。
  24. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括下行控制信道的检测的情况下，所述根据所述组信息确定第三信息包括以下至少之一：
    根据所述组信息中包括的组数确定一个时间单元中检测的下行控制信道的总个数；
    根据所述组信息确定检测的下行控制信道的分配；
    所述组信息中包括的组数和一个时间单元中检测的下行控制信道的总个数成正比；
    N个下行控制信道资源组中只有M个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道中包括预定信息，其中，所述预定信息包括如下至少之一：调度非周期测量参考信号的信息，指示时隙格式指示SFI的指示信息，指示BWP切换的信息；M为小于N且大于或等于1的整数，N为大于1的整数；
    在X个下行控制信道资源组占有的资源之间交集非空的情况下，包括如下之一：检测Y个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道；在所述交集部分检测Y个下行控制信道资源组的下行控制信道；检测X个下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道；其中，不同下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道的加扰序列不同，Y是小于X且大于或者等于1的整数，X是大于1的整数。
  25. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数的情况下，所述根据所述组信息确定第三信息包括如下之一：
    所述组信息中包括的组数和所述不同准共址参考信号的最大个数之间成正比；
    所述组信息中包括的组数大于或者等于所述不同准共址参考信号的最大个数。
  26. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数的情况下，所述根据所述组信息确定第三信息包括如下之一：
    所述组信息包括的组数和所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数之间成正比；
    所述组信息包括的组数大于或者等于所述不同空间发送滤波器的最大个数。
  27. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系的情况下，所述确定第三信息包括以下至少之一：
    上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取；
    下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号，根据上行信号的空间关系信息中包括的参考信号获取；
    上行信号通过所述天线组中的天线发送；
    传输信令信息，所述信令信息中包括上行信号和所述组信息之间的第八对应关系；
    在没有接收到上行信号和所述组信息之间的第八对应关系的情况下，一个频域带宽中的所有控制信道资源属于一个控制信道资源组；或只有一个天线组。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其中，所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据下行控制信道资源组中的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取，包括如下至少之一：
    所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器根据所述上行信号所占的时域资源中，与所述上行信号存在对应关系的所述下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，激活的关联预定准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取；
    在所述下行控制信道的准共址参考信号更新的情况下，所述上行信号的空间发送滤波器更新；
    所述下行控制信道资源是距离所述上行信号最近的时间单元中，所述下行控制信道资源组中满足预定特征的下行控制信道资源；
    所述上行信号包括上行控制信道信号；
    其中，所述下行控制信道资源组中包括至少一个下行控制信道资源。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其中，所述预定特征包括如下至少之一：
    特征一：所述下行控制信道资源在所述时间单元中至少关联一个需要检测的搜索空间或候选控制信道；
    特征二：所述下行控制信道资源的控制信道资源索引是所述下行控制信道资源组中最低索引；
    特征三：在所述下行控制信道资源中检测到了至少一个下行控制信道；
    特征四：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度预定信道和/或信号的下行控制信道；其中，所述预定信道和/或信号包括如下至少之一：上行控制信道资源，上行控制信道资源中包括的混合自动重传请求—确认字符HARQ-ACK对应的物理下行共享信道PDSCH；
    特征五：所述下行控制信道资源中包括调度信道状态信息CSI的下行控制信道；其中，所述CSI包括在所述上行控制信道资源中。
  30. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，在所述第三信息包括预定格式的下行控制信息的检测的情况下，所述根据所述组信息确定第三信息包括如下至少之一：
    每个下行控制信道资源组中都包括所述预定格式的下行控制信息；
    多于一个下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对于同一个成员载波CC的同一个时域符号的传输方向一致；
    在一个下行控制信道资源组对应的一个频域带宽的第三类参数集合没有配置的情况下，忽略所述下行控制信道资源组中发送的DCI2_0中对应所述一个频域带宽的SFI指示；
    只有一个下行控制信道资源组中发送所述预定格式的下行控制信息。
  31. 根据权利要求19～30中的任一项所述的方法，其中，所述天线组信息满足如下特征至少之一：
    所述天线组信息包括上报的天线组；
    所述天线组信息包括通信节点处于激活状态的天线组；
    所述天线组信息包括接收的天线组和发送的天线组中的至少之一；
    所述天线组信息包括在所述通信节点上报的能力信息中；
    根据所述通信节点上报的测量参考信号组的最大个数确定天线组信息；其中，所述通信节点可以同时接收不同测量参考信号组的测量参考信号，所述通信节点不同时接收相同测量参考信号组的测量参考信号；
    其中，所述通信节点包括所述天线组对应的信道和/或信号的接收节点，或所述天线组对应的信道和/或信号的发送节点。
  32. 根据权利要求19～30中的任一项所述的方法，其中，所述确定组信息包括如下至少之一：
    关联第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组；
    关联第三类参数集合的同一套配置信息的天线属于一个天线组；
    一个频域带宽中，所述组信息中包括的组数小于或者等于所述第三类参数集合的配置信息的套数；
    所述第三类参数集合和所述第四类参数集合中包括的参数类型的差集非空；
    L个频域带宽中关联的第三类参数集合的配置信息套索引相同的下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组，其中，L是大于或者等于1的整数；
    根据信令信息确定所述组信息；
    在没有接收到所述组信息划分的信令信息的情况下，只有一个组或一个频域带宽中的所有下行控制信道资源属于一个下行控制信道资源组；
    所述天线组包括接收天线组或发送天线组。
  33. 根据权利要求19～30中的任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四类参数集合包括如下参数中的至少之一：
    进程号集合信息、上行控制信道资源集合信息、解调参考信号端口集合信息、解调参考信号信息、准共址参考信号集合信息、传输配置指示状态TCI state列表信息、下行数据信道信息、上行数据信道信息、上行控制信道信息、预编码资源粒度物理资源块PRB捆绑大小信息、速率匹配信息、载波指示信息、测量参考信号信息、加扰序列的产生参数、时间提前量TA信息、控制信道的端口信息、时域资源分配参数、频域资源分配参数、非周期测量参考信号信息、功 率信息、下行控制信道资源组、上行信号、半持续传输数据信道的配置信息、所述预定格式的下行控制信息的高层配置参数、DCI中预定比特域值和指示内容之间的映射表格信息；
    其中，所述DCI中的预定比特域包括用于指示如下信息中的之一的比特域：TCI、信道状态信息CSI请求信息、探测参考信号SRS请求信息、功率调整信息。
  34. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，所述确定组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系，包括确定N个组信息和N类信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；其中，所述不同类信道和/或信号和不同组信息存在对应关系；N类信道和/或信号之间满足如下特征中的至少之一：
    第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号占有的资源之间的交集为空；
    在第i类测量参考信号和第j类测量参考信号占有的资源之间的交集非空的情况下，所述第i类测量参考信号和所述第j类测量参考信号对应的参考信号序列不同；
    在第i类下行测量参考信号和第j类信道和/或信号之间的交集非空的情况下，放弃所述第i类下行测量参考信号对应的信道状态信息上报或在所述第i类下行测量参考信号对应的信道状态信息中包括所述交集信息；
    属于同一类数据信道的多于一个的数据信道占有的资源之间的交集为空；
    属于不同类数据信道的多于一个的数据信道占有的资源之间的交集为空或非空；
    其中，i不等于j，i和j均属于{1，2，…，N}，N为大于或者等于2的整数。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其中，所述第i类信道和/或信号和第j类信道和/或信号占有的资源之间的交集为空，包括如下至少之一：
    第i类下行数据信道和第j类非周期—信道状态信息—参考信号AP-CSI-RS资源池中的资源之间的交集为空；
    第i类下行数据信道和第j类控制信道之间的交集为空；
    第i类AP-CSI-RS和第j类AP-CSI-RS之间的交集为空；
    第i类解调参考信号和第j类测量参考信号之间的交集为空；
    第i类上行数据信道和第j类非周期SRS资源池中的资源之间的交集为空；
    第i类非周期SRS资源池和第j类非周期SRS资源池之间的交集为空。
  36. 一种信息确定装置，包括：
    第三确定模块，设置为确定组信息，根据所述组信息确定第三信息；或者根据第三信息确定组信息；
    其中，所述组信息包括如下至少之一：下行控制信道资源组信息、天线组信息、测量参考信号资源组信息；
    所述第三信息包括如下信息中的至少之一：
    所述组信息和第四类参数集合之间的第七对应关系；
    信道和/或信号的准共址参考信号信息，其中，调度所述信道和/或信号的控制信道和所述信道和/或信号之间的时间间隔小于预定阈值；
    上行控制信息的合并；
    上行控制信息所在的上行信道；
    一个下行控制信息适用的信道和/或信号；
    下行控制信道的检测；
    占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的B个信道和/或信号的关联空间接收参数的不同准共址参考信号的最大个数；
    占有的时域资源之间的交集非空的H个信道和/或信号的空间发送滤波器的最大个数；
    组信息和信道和/或信号之间的第八对应关系；
    预定格式的下行控制信息的检测，其中，所述预定格式包括下行控制信息DCI2_0、DCI2_1、DCI2_2、DCI2_3中的至少一种；
    其中，B和H均是大于1的整数。
  37. 一种信息确定装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现如权利要求19～35中任一项所述的信息确定方法。
  38. 一种信令信息的传输方法，包括：
    传输第一信令信息，其中，所述第一信令信息中包括如下信息：上行控制信道资源组对应的一个空间关系信息和空间关系信息列表。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，还包括以下至少之一：
    根据第二信令信息将所述上行控制信道资源组的空间关系信息更新为新空间关系信息；其中，所述第二信令信息中包括如下信息：所述新空间关系信息、 所述上行控制信道资源组的组索引或所述上行控制信道资源组对应的旧空间关系信息；
    根据第三信令信息激活至少一个上行控制信道资源的空间关系信息；其中，所述第三信令信息中包括至少一个上行控制信道资源索引信息和所述至少一个上行控制信道资源的空间关系信息更新信息。
  40. 根据权利要求38或39所述的方法，满足以下特征中的至少之一：
    所述第一信令信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令信息；
    所述第二信令信息包括以下至少之一：中间接入控制—控制元素MAC-CE信令信息、下行控制信息DCI信令信息；
    所述第三信令信息包括以下至少之一：MAC-CE信令信息、DCI信令信息；
    根据所述第二信令信息和所述第三控制信令中的至少之一确定上行控制信道资源组，其中，对应相同空间关系信息的上行控制信道资源属于一个上行控制信道资源组。
  41. 一种信令信息的传输装置，包括：
    第四确定模块，设置为传输第一信令信息，其中，所述第一信令信息中包括如下信息：上行控制信道资源组对应的一个空间关系信息和空间关系信息列表。
  42. 一种信令信息的传输装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现如权利要求38～40中任一项所述的信令信息的传输方法。
  43. 一种参数的获取方法，包括：
    建立上行控制信道资源和下行控制信道资源之间的对应关系；
    所述方法满足以下至少之一：
    所述上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器，根据与所述上行控制信道资源存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号获取；
    所述下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号，根据与所述下行控制信道资源存在对应关系的上行控制信道资源的空间关系信息中包括的参考信号获取。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其中，所述上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器根据与所述上行控制信道资源存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的准 共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号获取，包括：
    在所述下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号的个数大于1的情况下，所述上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器根据与所述上行控制信道资源存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中，关联预定类准共址参数的准共址参考信号获取。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其中，所述预定类准共址参数包括空间接收参数。
  46. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其中，所述上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器根据与所述上行控制信道资源存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的准共址参考信号集合中的准共址参考信号获取，包括：
    所述上行控制信道资源的空间发送滤波器，根据与所述上行控制信道资源存在对应关系的下行控制信道资源的在预定时间单元中激活的TCI获取，其中，所述预定时间单元包括所述上行控制信道资源所在的时间单元，所述下行控制信道资源包括控制信道资源集合CORESET。
  47. 一种参数的获取装置，包括处理器和计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被所述处理器执行时，实现如权利要求43～46中任一项所述的参数的获取方法。
  48. 一种计算机可读存储介质，存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1～16、19～35、38～40和43～46中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/080905 2019-03-28 2020-03-24 信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质 WO2020192655A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2020246742A AU2020246742A1 (en) 2019-03-28 2020-03-24 Information transmission method and device, information determination method and device, signaling information transmission method and device, parameter acquisition method and device, and storage medium
KR1020217034924A KR20220002329A (ko) 2019-03-28 2020-03-24 정보 송신 방법 및 디바이스, 정보 결정 방법 및 디바이스, 시그널링 정보 송신 방법 및 디바이스, 파라미터 획득 방법 및 디바이스, 및 저장 매체
EP20777603.0A EP3952172A4 (en) 2019-03-28 2020-03-24 METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING INFORMATION, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALING INFORMATION, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING PARAMETERS AND STORAGE MEDIUM
US17/487,585 US20220123872A1 (en) 2019-03-28 2021-09-28 Information transmission method and device, information determination method and device, signaling information transmission method and device, parameter acquisition method and device, and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910245823.3A CN110535571A (zh) 2019-03-28 2019-03-28 一种信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置
CN201910245823.3 2019-03-28

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/487,585 Continuation US20220123872A1 (en) 2019-03-28 2021-09-28 Information transmission method and device, information determination method and device, signaling information transmission method and device, parameter acquisition method and device, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020192655A1 true WO2020192655A1 (zh) 2020-10-01

Family

ID=68659221

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/080905 WO2020192655A1 (zh) 2019-03-28 2020-03-24 信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20220123872A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3952172A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR20220002329A (zh)
CN (2) CN114978435B (zh)
AU (1) AU2020246742A1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2020192655A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220167415A1 (en) * 2020-11-24 2022-05-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Cellular vehicle-to-everything allocation collision detection

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114978435B (zh) * 2019-03-28 2023-05-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置
WO2021120205A1 (zh) * 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
EP4092941A4 (en) * 2020-01-23 2022-12-07 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HARQ-ACK CODEBOOK, TERMINAL AND STORAGE MEDIUM
CN111315021B (zh) * 2020-02-14 2023-02-17 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 下行控制信息的设计方法、系统、电子设备和存储介质
CN114830588B (zh) * 2020-03-19 2023-10-03 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 生效时间的确定方法、终端及网络设备
CN115516952A (zh) * 2020-04-21 2022-12-23 高通股份有限公司 用于室内覆盖空洞的物理上行链路控制信道增强
US20230059644A1 (en) * 2020-04-21 2023-02-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink power control parameter indication for multi-panel transmission
WO2022011527A1 (en) * 2020-07-14 2022-01-20 Intel Corporation Srs configuration and transmission in multi-dci multi-trp and carrier aggregation
CN114006680A (zh) * 2020-07-28 2022-02-01 夏普株式会社 由用户设备执行的方法以及用户设备
CN114614955A (zh) * 2020-12-08 2022-06-10 华为技术有限公司 一种传输数据的方法和装置
US11647530B2 (en) * 2020-12-21 2023-05-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state groups
CN115499109A (zh) * 2021-06-17 2022-12-20 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的节点中的方法和装置
CN117460081A (zh) * 2022-07-15 2024-01-26 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 随机接入方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
KR20240018395A (ko) * 2022-08-02 2024-02-13 현대자동차주식회사 Mtrp 환경의 이동 통신 시스템에서 빔 복구 방법 및장치

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190074929A1 (en) * 2017-09-07 2019-03-07 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. User equipments, base stations and methods
CN110535571A (zh) * 2019-03-28 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置
CN110798894A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-02-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息确定、获取和传输方法、装置、设备和存储介质
US20200092068A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2020-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Acknowledgement codebook design for multiple transmission reception points

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017161541A1 (zh) * 2016-03-24 2017-09-28 华为技术有限公司 下行数据的混合式自动重传请求反馈方法以及装置
EP4293943A3 (en) * 2017-08-11 2024-02-28 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Method and apparatus of using redundant bits in semi-statically configured harq-ack codebook
WO2019066630A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD AND CORRESPONDING EQUIPMENT

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190074929A1 (en) * 2017-09-07 2019-03-07 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. User equipments, base stations and methods
US20200092068A1 (en) * 2018-09-19 2020-03-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Acknowledgement codebook design for multiple transmission reception points
CN110535571A (zh) * 2019-03-28 2019-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置
CN110798894A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-02-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 信息确定、获取和传输方法、装置、设备和存储介质

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP: "Physical Layer Procedures for Control (Release 15)", 3GPP TS 38.213 V15.5.0, 27 March 2019 (2019-03-27), XP051722950 *
ERICSSON: "On Multi-TRP and Multi-Panel", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #96 R1-1902540, 15 February 2019 (2019-02-15), XP051600235 *
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Enhancements on Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #96 R1-1901567, 16 February 2019 (2019-02-16), XP051599264 *
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Summary of AI: 7.2.8.2 Enhancements on Multi-TRP/Panel Transmission of Offline Discussion", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #96 R1-1903541, 27 February 2019 (2019-02-27), XP051601181 *
See also references of EP3952172A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220167415A1 (en) * 2020-11-24 2022-05-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Cellular vehicle-to-everything allocation collision detection

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20220002329A (ko) 2022-01-06
US20220123872A1 (en) 2022-04-21
EP3952172A4 (en) 2022-12-28
AU2020246742A1 (en) 2021-11-18
CN114978435B (zh) 2023-05-16
EP3952172A1 (en) 2022-02-09
CN110535571A (zh) 2019-12-03
CN114978435A (zh) 2022-08-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020192655A1 (zh) 信息传输方法和装置、信息确定方法和装置、信令信息的传输方法和装置、参数的获取方法及装置、存储介质
US11784776B2 (en) Method for transmitting uplink control information and apparatus therefor
CN110535570B (zh) 一种传输信息的方法和装置
US20220239447A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmission and reception of sidelink feedback in wireless communication system
US20220255680A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sidelink communication
US20230262712A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting control information in wireless communication system
US20210368520A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting, by terminal, uplink control information in communication system
US20200328849A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmission and reception of harq-ack feedback in wireless communication system
CN112154619B (zh) 用于混合自动重复请求(harq)的方法和装置
US20220232549A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving channel state information in wireless communication system
US9942891B2 (en) Method and device for signaling control information in carrier aggregation system
WO2020164640A1 (zh) 一种传输信息的方法和装置
US11812419B2 (en) Apparatus and method for controlling congestion in wireless communication system
CN114270920A (zh) 无线通信系统中终端波束失败恢复操作指示方法及装置
US11337188B2 (en) Method and device for transmitting/receiving uplink control information in wireless communication system
US11973555B2 (en) Method and device for measuring and reporting channel state in sidelink communication
US11765714B2 (en) Method and device for supporting latency services via a logical channel in a mobile communication system
US11990995B2 (en) Method and apparatus for repetition-based data transmission for network cooperative communication
KR20200127850A (ko) 사이드링크 통신에서 채널 상태 측정 및 보고 방법 및 장치
KR20210010267A (ko) 사이드링크 통신에서 채널 상태 측정 및 보고 방법 및 장치
CN110637431B (zh) 发送/接收控制信息的方法、无线设备、网络节点和介质
CN114270765A (zh) 上行链路控制信息与冲突pusch的传输
KR20200114929A (ko) 사이드링크 통신에서 자원을 할당하는 방법 및 장치
KR20210009261A (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 혼잡을 제어하기 위한 장치 및 방법
KR20240022281A (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 비면허 대역 기반의 사이드링크 송수신을 위한 장치 및 방법

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20777603

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020777603

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20211028

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020246742

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20200324

Kind code of ref document: A